FIPA Gesamtkatalog Greifertechnik en US

www.fpa.
com
2012.2013.GR06-USA | English
FIPA End-of-Arm-Tooling
Editorial | Only those who think ahead stay ahead
Competence End-of-Arm-Tooling
FIPA Inc. specializes in developing and selling high-quality products, innovative material-fow and
pick & place system solutions.
At FIPA, quality means above all developing products and solutions that are precisely adapted
to the customers requirements. That is why we apply not only standard components but also
highly customized individual solutions. FIPA experts are ready to serve you with advanced
application know-how, professional project management and innovative approaches.
FIPA accepts the challenge of fnding solutions where others have already given up.
This customer-oriented approach to quality also means that you can choose from modular
products to put together the excact solution you are looking for.
It should come as no surprise that FIPA also provides its customers with equally effective service.
FIPA has long been an internationally oriented company with more than just a frst-class line of
products. Thanks to a large sales network, FIPA can be where its customers are. FIPA will provide
you with the service and technical support that you expect from a long-term partnership.
In this catalog you will fnd a wide selection of End-of-Arm-Tooling (EOAT) components for
handling any type of workpiece, even those with complex shapes.
We invite you to look through this catalog and get to know FIPAs EOAT products. You will fnd
what you are looking for. We promise. Because even if your product is not in the catalog, all
you need to do is call us. And FIPA will develop it for you.
Best regards,
Rainer Mehrer, President and Owner
www.pa.com
Content | Summary

FIPA full product line 2
FIPA industrial solutions 4
FIPA gripper assembly 5
Quick-change systems 7
Extrusion systems 25
Gripper arms 61
Grippers 73
Air nippers 169
Linear components 215
Vacuum technology 237
Quotation request 276
Questionnaires 277
Item number index 288
Imprint 293
Criteria that affect quality, such as choice of materials and strength,
can be taken for granted nowadays. At FIPA we focus more on
offering the right solution for every requirement.
Expertise in End-of-Arm-Tooling
FIPA is your contact when it comes to End-of-Arm-Tooling, e.g. for
automatic removal of die-cast components and extraction of parts
from molds.
The wide range of grippers, air nippers and accessories now
comprises over 500 gripper components.
The FIPA gripper range is growing continually. The criteria
that determine this growth are gripping force, weight, space
requirements, handling, range of application and reliability.
The new generation of grippers has undergone further signicant
improvements as far as these product features are concerned: they
are lighter and smaller, while delivering a powerful grip and a high
level of reliability.
In addition, FIPA provides entire gripper systems that are tailor-made
to meet the requirements of our customers.
All gripper components are compatible with existing systems
made by other manufacturers. They can therefore be extended and
optimized easily and quickly with FIPA quality products.
The real plus: Vacuum technology
In addition to its extensive expertise in End-of-Arm-Tooling, FIPA also
covers the entire process chain of vacuum technology.
From vacuum generation, through system peripherals, to the optimal
suction cup for your product.
The FIPA full product line
FIPA full product line:
Service
> Its part of the
package at FIPA
Fixing
Connection
Grabbing
Changing
Cutting
Gripping
Combine and extend our
products as you wish: a
system that meets your
requirements.
End-of-Arm-Tooling
> In the catalog:
www.pa.com
Vacuum technology, Grippers and Air nippers
the needs of various elds of application and a large number of
different industries. In addition, we manufacture vacuum grippers
to turn the individual ideas of our clients into reality. As a system
provider, FIPA also manages projects for entire vacuum systems.
Efcient and reliable
For the proper functioning of cups and gripper systems, it is crucial
that all components work together perfectly.
FIPA components therefore focus on efciency, strength and saving
space. They are developed in close collaboration with our clients,
on the basis of extensive testing and always with an eye on market
requirements.
Service as a company principle
FIPA is characterized by a strong service culture in combination with
professional project management. Our Technical Sales Team will
provide you with expert practical advice in all questions relating
to the product range, application options, system integration and
system project management.
In order to provide the optimal range of products, the FIPA experts
test and improve your sample parts in practical situations in our own
laboratories.
FIPA - your partner when it comes to material ow
FIPA listens to its clients carefully and nds the right product
or individual, tailor-made system solution for your application.
Generating
Regulating
Filtering
Controlling
Checking /
Monitoring
Transporting
Suction
Vacuum technology
> Request a catalog now
on page 276.
> Request a vacuum
cup catalog now on
page 276.
FIPA industrial solutions | For all industries
Our material flow specialists are familiar with many industries:
Automotive
> CD & DVD Industry
> Plastics Industry
> Food & Beverages Industry
> OEM Machines and Automation
Integrators
> Packaging Industry
> And many more ...
Whether you require a standard product, a modication, or an individual
solution: FIPA will provide the right product and the ideal system solution for
your industry. Our modular product range, proven design expertise, extensive
practical experience, and best-practice philosophy ensure that our clients can
also benet from the know-how and innovations of other industries. FIPA
comes with service and reliability included.
Automotive CD & DVD Industry
Robust system solutions for the highest process reliability at
maximum mechanical load
Secure, fast handling of smooth, delicate workpieces
Plastics Industry Food & Beverages Industry
Suction, gripping and cutting of a wide range of shapes with
fast cycle times
Materials suitable for the food industry for "clean" handling
OEM Machines and Automation Integrators Packaging Industry
Innovative system solutions ideal for any application
Wear-resistant products for a long life-time and high output
www.pa.com
FIPA gripper assembly | At a glance

> FIPA offers a comprehensive range of tried and tested
gripper components
> Based on the modular FIPA gripper construction kit, we
will design and construct your complete gripper system
FIPA gripper assembly
In order to offer you the greatest possible benets of technology and expertise, we have developed three models to offer
you.
Variant 1:
> You design and build the gripper system yourself
> FIPA is happy to advise you and will supply the necessary components
> A comprehensive range of gripper components is available for this
Variant 2:
> FIPA undertakes the design using 3D CAD and supplies all components as well as detailed
assembly instructions
> You assemble the gripper system yourself
Variant 3:
> FIPA designs and constructs the complete gripper system to your specications
> A completely assembled and preset product is delivered
> Onsite, the gripper system requires adjustment of only minor details to suit the application
FIPA experts are happy to advise you on all variants
and at any stage of your project.
Just call or send an e-m
ail:
1 (800) 913 7002 | sales.us@
pa.com
FIPA gripper assembly | Notes

Notes:
www.pa.com
Quick-change systems | Content
Quick-change systems at a glance ............................................................... 88
Series S ...................................................................................................................... 9
Series SR ................................................................................................................... 13
Series ASR ................................................................................................................ 19
Robot adapter plates .......................................................................................... 21
Wall brackets for gripper systems ............................................................... 23
Accessories .............................................................................................................. 24
Quick-change systems | At a glance

> Secure connection between robot and gripper system,
even with high loading and frequent exchange of
gripper parts
> Automatic, position-precise orientation when changing
the gripper system
> Minimal downtime
FIPA quick-change systems
Principle
The FIPA quick-change systems represent the interface between robot and gripper system. Half of the quick-change system always
remains on the robot; its opposing part is mounted on the gripper system. For operation, both parts are connected.
Quick-change system S
> Available in four sizes
> Quicker changeover through simple exchange of the base plates and quick-connect couplings
> Retrottable on all robot systems
> Disassembly of the gripper system not required
> Spring-loaded base plates available for the absorption of stroke movements (GR05.023)
> For further information, see page 9
Quick-change system SR
> Frame sizes 50, 90 and 150 mm
> Very quick and position-precise orientation of the gripper system on the robot - mechanical and
pneumatic connection with a single hand movement
> Correct mapping of compressed air and vacuum connections is always ensured
> Minimal downtime
Automatic quick-change system ASR
> Automatic gripper change using pneumatic control
> For very short changeover times at high levels of automation
> Light, compact and sturdy
Robot adapter plates
> SR50-C to SR150-C: Adapted quick-change systems type SR directly on FIPA SLine and MLine
extrusions
> Also suitable for quick-change systems of 50, 90 and 150 mm from other suppliers
> GR05.100-102: Adapted SEPRO base plates 80 mm / 90 mm / 120 mm directly on FIPA SLine
and MLine extrusions
Wall tting
> Suitable for rectangular quick-change plates GR05.022, GR05.032, GR05.042, or rectangular
quick-change plates from other suppliers
> Frame sizes: 60, 100, and 160 mm
NEW
NEW
NEW
www.pa.com
Quick-change systems | Series S
Quick-change system square small
Quick-change system square small
Product Description
> Short exchange time thanks to easily replaceable base plates and quick-connection couplings
> Space-saving thanks to compact size
> Can be used on every robot
> Quick connection couplings available as accessory
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Number of pneumatic
connections
Compatible hose
diameter [mm]
Max. lifting force [lbs] Suitable accessories
GR05.041 11.11 5 6 11
Gripper base plate GR05.042 (Page 11)
Quick-connection couplers KIT1-GR05.041
Dimensions
B
D
A
C
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm]
GR05.041 60 39 44 48
Quick-change system square large
Quick-change system square large
Product Description
> Short exchange time thanks to easily replaceable base plates and quick-connection couplings
> Can be used on every robot
> Quick connection couplings available as accessory
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Number of pneumatic
connections
Compatible hose
diameter [mm]
Max. lifting force [lbs] Suitable accessories
GR05.021 20.11 5 6 22
GR05.031 69.49 5 3x6, 2x8 44.1
Gripper base plate GR-XL05.032 (Page 11)
GR05.051 159.44 5 3x6, 2x8 88.2
Gripper base plate GR-XL05.052 (Page 11)
Dimensions
C
A
D
B
Item no.
GR05.021 100 60 89 48
GR05.031 160 100 134 70
GR05.051 250 152 190 70
www.pa.com
Gripper base plates
Gripper base plates
Product Description
> Suitable for the square quick-change systems GR05.021 to GR05.051
> Channel nuts and mounting bolts included in delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
Suitable for extrusion system Weight [oz] Suitable robot adapter plates
GR05.042 SLine / MLine 2.82 GR05.041 (Page 9)
GR-XL05.032 XLine 26.53 GR05.031 (Page 10)
GR-XL05.052 XLine 62.93 GR05.051 (Page 10)
Dimensions
A
B
A
C
B
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm]
GR05.042 60 35 8
GR05.022 100 70 8
GR05.032 160 120 10
GR05.052 250 200 10
GR-XL05.032 160 120 10
GR-XL05.052 250 200 10
Gripper base plate for GR05.021 - spring-loaded
Gripper base plate for GR05.021 - spring-loaded
Product Description
> Spring-loaded mounting of the complete gripper reduces the complexity compared to using many spring loaded elements
> The use of high-quality slide bearings ensures accurate guidance
> A second set of springs with different stiffnesses is included
Item no.
Suitable for extrusion system Weight [oz] Lift [mm] Suitable robot adapter plates
GR05.023 SLine 23.28 30 GR05.021 (Page 10)
Dimensions
# B
# A

C

D
Item no.
#A [mm] #B [mm]
C [mm] D [mm]
GR05.023 100 80 65 30
www.pa.com
Quick-change systems | Series SR
Quick-change system approx. 50 mm robot side
Quick-change system approx. 50 mm robot side
Product Description
> Quick manual replacement of grippers on robots
> Correct alignment of air connections ensured at all times
> Secure, stable locking mechanism
Ordering notes
> On request also available in stainless steel (standard material: aluminum)
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. lifting
force [lbs]
Number of
pneumatic
connections
Max. working
pressure [psi]
Max. working
vacuum [inHg]
Max. torque
[Nm]
Max. bending
moment [Nm]
Repeat
accuracy [mm]
Weight [oz]
SR50-A 6xM5 87 -29.5 50 30 +/- 0,025 2.29
Dimensions
35,5

4
1
0
,
2
5
2
0
,
5

5
0
12
4
2
M5 / 8,2-5,5 (3x)
9
2
,
5
M3 (2x)
M5 (6x)
6

1
4
13,5
27,5
NEW
Quick-change system approx. 50 mm gripper side
Product Description
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. lifting
force [lbs]
Number of
pneumatic
connections
Max. working
pressure [psi]
Max. working
vacuum [inHg]
Max. torque
[Nm]
Max. bending
moment [Nm]
Repeat
accuracy [mm]
Weight [oz]
SR50-B 6xM5 87 -29.5 50 30 +/- 0,025 2.43
Dimensions
30
3
0
12

5
0
M5 (4x)
9
3
1
4
2
7
,
5
M3 (2x)
M5 (6x)
NEW
www.pa.com
Round quick-change system, 90-mm robot side
SR90-A with integrated micro valves for automatic interruption of compressed air
supply during disassembly of the quick changer
Product Description
Ordering notes
> On request available with integrated micro valves for automatic interruption of compressed-air supply during de-coupling
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. lifting
force [lbs]
Number of
pneumatic
connections
Max. working
pressure [psi]
Max. working
vacuum [inHg]
Max. torque
[Nm]
Max. bending
moment [Nm]
Repeat
accuracy [mm]
Weight [oz]
SR90-A 8xG1/8 87 -29.5 100 60 +/- 0,025 11.29
Dimensions
53,6
18
6
9

6
2
2
,
5
3
5

9
0
M8 / 11-6,5 (3x)
18
11

2
0

H
7

-
4
,
0
34
3
,
7
5
16
M3 (2x) G1/8 (8x)
*
* = Conical fixing screw for zero tolerance between the parts A and B after connection of robot and gripper side (not pictured)
Round quick-change system, 90-mm gripper side
Product Description
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. lifting
force [lbs]
Number of
pneumatic
connections
Max. working
pressure [psi]
Max. working
vacuum [inHg]
Max. torque
[Nm]
Max. bending
moment [Nm]
Repeat
accuracy [mm]
Weight [oz]
SR90-B 8xG1/8 87 -29.5 100 60 +/- 0,025 7.76
Dimensions
50
35,3
3
5
,
3
5
0
9
0 18
M5 (8x)
1
5
,
6
16
4
3
4
G1/8 (8x)
M3 (2x)
www.pa.com
Product Description
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. lifting
force [lbs]
Number of
pneumatic
connections
Max. working
pressure [psi]
Max. working
vacuum [inHg]
Max. torque
[Nm]
Max. bending
moment [Nm]
Repeat
accuracy [mm]
Weight [oz]
SR150-A 10xG1/8 87 -29.5 250 100 +/- 0,025 41.98
Dimensions
M10 /14-10 (5x)
G1/4" (10x)
5
122
40

1
5
0
1
2
4
47
26
16

5
0

H
7
16
1
1
*
* = Conical fixing screw for zero tolerance between the parts A and B after connection of robot and gripper side (not pictured)
Product Description
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. lifting
force [lbs]
Number of
pneumatic
connections
Max. working
pressure [psi]
Max. working
vacuum [inHg]
Max. torque
[Nm]
Max. bending
moment [Nm]
Repeat
accuracy [mm]
Weight [oz]
SR150-B 10xG1/8 87 -29.5 250 100 +/- 0,025 29.98
Dimensions
16
1
0
,
5
G1/4" (10x)

1
5
0
52
85
7
4
3
0
40
50 H7
9
0
,
4
122
M8 /11-8 (5x)
M6 (10x)
www.pa.com
Quick-change systems | Series "ASR"
Automatic quick-change system approx. 64 mm robot side
Automatic quick-change system approx. 64 mm robot side
Depiction of quick-change system ASR, robot and gripper side
Product Description
> Automatic gripper exchange by means of compressed air control
> For very short change-over times for a high degree of automation
> Light, compact and robust
Ordering notes
> Adaptor flange for connection to all commercially available robots on request
> Further information on electric connection on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. lifting
force [lbs]
Number of
pneumatic
connections
Max. torque
[Nm]
Operating
pressure [psi]
Weight [oz] Max.
operating
voltage [V]
Number of
electrical
channels
Current
consumption
[A]
Connection
ASR60-A 44.1 4xM5 150 87 - 145 14.11 -- -- -- --
ASR60E-A 44.1 4xM5 150 87 - 145 15.87 60 8 2 M12
Dimensions
C

H (4x)
I (4
x)
G B
3
4

E
F
A
B
C
F
D
J
K
ASR60-A ASR60E-A
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] H I J [mm] K [mm]
ASR60-A 64 27 28.3 25 6 20 9.2 M6 M5 -- --
ASR60E-A 64 27 28.3 25 6 20 -- -- -- 46 50.5
NEW
Quick-change systems | Series "ASR"
Illustration of quick-change system ASR, robot- and gripper side
Product Description
> Automatic gripper exchange by means of compressed air control
> For very short change-over times for a high degree of automation
> Light, compact and robust
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. lifting
force [lbs]
Number of
pneumatic
connections
Max. torque
[Nm]
Operating
pressure [psi]
Weight [oz] Number of
electrical
channels
Operating
voltage [V]
Current
consumption
[A]
Connection
ASR60-B 44.1 4xM5 150 87 - 145 3.88 -- -- -- --
ASR60E-B 44.1 4xM5 150 87 - 145 4.59 8 60 2 M12
Dimensions

D
#

C
# A

E

x

F

*
H
(
4
x
)
G

(
4
x
)
B
1
2

D
#

C

E

x

F
H
(
4
x
)
# A
J
I
B
ASR60-B ASR60E-B
* = Fit for pin
Item no.
#A [mm]
B
#C [mm]
D E [mm] F [mm] G H [mm] l [mm] J [mm]
ASR60-B 64 16 35.4 50 5 8 M5 5.2 -- --
ASR60E-B 64 16 35.4 50 5 8 M5 5.2 32 22
NEW
www.pa.com
Quick-change systems | Robot adapter plates
Adapter for quick-change system, round
Adapts FIPA quick-change system SR and quick changer of other suppliers directly on FIPA SLine and MLine extrusions
Ordering notes
Channel nuts and mounting bolts included in delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Suitable quick-change systems
SR50-C 3.77
SR50-B (Page 14)
SR50-A (Page 13)
SR90-C 4.13
SR90-B (Page 16)
SR90-A (Page 15)
SR150-C 8.01
SR150-B (Page 18)
SR150-A (Page 17)
Dimensions
B
A
C
D
Item no.
SR50-C 90 30 30 4
SR90-C 100 35 35 4
SR150-C 150 74 52 4
NEW
Quick-change systems | Robot adapter plates
Ordering notes
Channel nuts and mounting bolts included in delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Suitable quick-change systems
GR05.100 8.32 SEPRO AM02S0716605
GR05.101 9.59 SEPRO BP 90
GR05.102 14.11 SEPRO BP 120
Dimensions
B
A

C
Item no.
GR05.100 80 90 13
GR05.101 90 100 13
GR05.102 120 130 14
NEW
www.pa.com
Quick-change systems | Wall brackets for gripper systems
Wall bracket for rectangular quick-change plates
Wall bracket for rectangular quick-change plates
Product Description
> Simple, optimal mounting of gripping systems
> Also suitable for rectangular gripper base plates of other suppliers
Ordering notes
Mounting material included in delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Suitable gripper base plate
GR05.042-W 5.11 GR05.042 (Page 11)
GR05.022-W 7.48 GR05.022 (Page 11)
GR05.032-W 13.58 GR05.032 (Page 11)
Dimensions
C
B
A
Item no.
GR05.042-W 60 70 80
GR05.022-W 100 110 80
GR05.032-W 160 170 100
NEW
Quick-change systems | Accessories
Electric plug connector for SR90 und SR150
Electric plug connector for SR90 und SR150
Module 20.535 for the robot side Module 20.536 for the gripper side
Product Description
> Electronic interface between robot and gripper
> SUB-D plug or jack
> Electric plug connector for SR50 on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Number of Pins Operating voltage [V DC] Power consumption [W] Weight [oz] Suitable quick-change
systems
20.535 15 24 0.5 1.48
SR90-A (Page 15)
SR150-A (Page 17)
20.536 15 24 0.5 1.45
SR90-B (Page 16)
SR150-B (Page 18)
Examples of application
> SR90 with electric connectors
NEW
www.pa.com www.pa.com
Extrusion systems | Content
Extrusion systems at a glance ................................................................. 26
Channel nuts at a glance ............................................................................. 27
Extrusions .............................................................................................................. 28
Channel nuts ........................................................................................................ 32
Connectors ............................................................................................................... 35
Clamps ....................................................................................................................... 44
Mounting of suction cups ................................................................................ 50
Air manifolds .......................................................................................................... 57
Accessories .............................................................................................................. 58
Extrusion systems | At a glance

> The FIPA extrusion systems SLine, MLine and XLine form
the basis of the gripper systems and represent highest
stability and exibility
FIPA extrusion systems
Properties of FIPA extrusion systems
SLine and MLine
> Handling of smaller to medium-sized workpieces
> Basis for gripper systems with up to 1 m jaw width and approx. 11 lbs load capacity
> Stable and light
XLine
> Torsion-resistant aluminum extrusions with a contact spacing of 40 mm
> Handling of heavy workpieces
> Highest stability even with large loads
> Gripper system over 1 m jaw width and with a load capacity of over 11 lbs
Angle clamps
> Angle clamps with slot holes suitable for all FIPA extrusions and systems from other suppliers
> Clamp diameter increments typical for the market (10, 14 and 20 mm)
> Highest degree of compatibility and exibility
> Clamping screws with internal and external Allen key for simple and secure assembly, even in
conned spaces
www.pa.com
Extrusion systems | At a glance

> Channel nuts represent the link between extrusion systems
and gripper components
> They are compatible with all extrusion systems currently on
the market
> With their great holding force, they provide a secure and
sturdy connection of gripper components with the extrusion
systems
FIPA channel nuts
Properties of FIPA channel nuts
SLine channel nuts - rotate-in
> Channel nuts can be rotated in or out even after the assembly of the gripper system
> This allows for quick and exible subsequent extension and adaption of gripper systems
without disassembly
FIPA universal channel nuts
> Simple and quick integration of FIPA gripper components in the extrusion systems SLine, MLine
and XLine as well as those from other suppliers
> A spring loaded ball keeps the T-Slot nut securely in the extrusion without it sliding around or
falling out onto the ground
> Existing components from other suppliers can be used further on
The universal channel nut is compatible with most extrusions currently available on the market. Installation examples:
Other provider
(corresponds to FIPA
MLine)
FIPA SLine Other provider
MLine)
FIPA SLine Other provider
MLine)
FIPA SLine
Extrusion systems | Extrusions
SLine extrusions
SLine extrusions
SLine extrusions are the base for gripper systems with spans of up to 1 m and carrying capacity of up to 11 lbs
Product Description
> Compatible with common extrusion systems
> Lightweight and rigid
Ordering notes
Special lengths over 2,000 mm on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Length [mm] Weight [oz] Suitable end caps
GR01.001.2000 1960 12.35 GR01.010 (Page 58)
GR01.002.2000 1960 22.58 GR01.011 (Page 58)
GR01.003.2000 1960 17.28 GR01.012 (Page 58)
GR01.004.2000 1960 33.51 GR01.013 (Page 58)
GR01.006.2000 1960 58.91 GR01.015 (Page 58)
GR01.007.2000 1960 63.85 GR01.016 (Page 58)
Dimensions
A
B
C
B
A
C
GR01.001.2000 GR01.002.2000
A
B
C
B
A
C
GR01.003.2000 GR01.004.2000
www.pa.com
SLine extrusions
Dimensions
B
A
C
B
A
C
GR01.006.2000 GR01.007.2000
Item no.
GR01.001.2000 10 20 5
GR01.002.2000 10 40 5
GR01.003.2000 20 20 5
GR01.004.2000 20 40 5
GR01.006.2000 20 80 5
GR01.007.2000 40 40 5
MLine extrusions
MLine extrusions
MLine extrusions are the base for gripper systems with spans of up to 1 m and carrying capacity of up to 11 lbs
Product Description
> Compatible with common extrusion systems
> Lightweight and rigid
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
GR01.008.2000 1960 52.91 GR01.017 (Page 58)
GR01.009.2000 1960 95.24 GR01.018 (Page 58)
Dimensions
A
B
C
A
B
C
GR01.008.2000 GR01.009.2000
Item no.
GR01.008.2000 25 25 6
GR01.009.2000 25 50 6
www.pa.com
XLine extrusions
XLine extrusions
Product Description
> Compatible with commercial extrusion systems
> Very high stability
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
GR-XL01.003.2000 1960 93.48 GR-XL01.012 (Page 58)
GR-XL01.004.2000 1960 155.21 GR-XL01.013 (Page 58)
Dimensions
C
A
B
A
B
C
GR-XL01.003.2000 GR-XL01.004.2000
Item no.
GR-XL01.003.2000 40 40 8
GR-XL01.004.2000 40 80 8
Extrusion systems | Channel nuts
Universal channel nuts with thread
Channel nut made of steel with spring-loaded ball catch
Product Description
> Compatible with commercial extrusion systems
> Adjustable extrusion nut
> Flexible expansion of the gripping system without disassembly
> Optimal guidance thanks to additional center bar
> No stripping of the thread thanks to more usable turns of the thread
> Spring-loaded ball prevents the channel nut from slipping during installation and adjustment
Technical Data
Item no.
Suitable for extrusion system With spring loaded ball Weight [oz]
GR01.090A SLine / MLine -- 0.21
GR01.091A SLine / MLine Yes 0.21
GR01.101 SLine / MLine Yes 0.42
GR01.102 SLine / MLine Yes 0.71
GR-XL01.100 XLine Yes 0.6
Dimensions
A
B A
C C
FOR ALL COMMON
EXTRUSION SYSTEMS
www.pa.com
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C
GR01.090A 20 8 M4
GR01.091A 20 10 M5
GR01.092A 25 12 M5
GR01.093A 30 20 M5
GR01.094A 35 25 M5
GR01.095A 40 30 M5
GR01.096A 60 50 M5
GR01.097A 12 -- M5
GR01.098A 20 -- M5
GR01.101 45 35 M5
GR01.102 70 60 M5
GR-XL01.100 22 -- M8
GR-XL01.101 30 15 M8
GR-XL01.102 45 30 M8
GR-XL01.103 70 55 M8
GR-XL01.104 110 95 M8
For swiveling into the extrusion groove
Product Description
> Retrospective expansion of the gripper system can be easily carried out without disassembly
> Spring loaded ball prevents the channel nut from slipping during installation and adjustment
Technical Data
Item no.
With spring loaded ball Weight [oz]
GR01.070 Yes 0.07
GR01.071 Yes 0.07
GR01.080 -- 0.07
GR01.081 Yes 0.11
GR01.082 Yes 0.14
GR01.083 Yes 0.18
GR01.084 Yes 0.21
GR01.085 Yes 0.25
GR01.086 Yes 0.39
Dimensions
A
C
A
C
B
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C
GR01.070 12 -- M4
GR01.071 12 -- M5
GR01.080 20 8 M4
GR01.081 20 10 M5
GR01.082 25 12 M5
GR01.083 30 20 M5
GR01.084 35 25 M5
GR01.085 40 30 M5
GR01.086 60 50 M5
www.pa.com
Extrusion systems | Connectors
Cross joint connectors for extrusions with the same dimensions
Cross joint connectors for extrusions with the same dimensions
Stable connection between two extrusions
Product Description
> Suitable for connection of extrusions with the same dimensions
> Maximum stability of the gripping system
Ordering notes
Channel nuts included in delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
Suitable for extrusion system Weight [oz]
GR01.020A SLine 1.69
GR01.021 SLine 2.57
GR01.022 SLine 3.77
GR01.026 MLine 1.94
GR01.027 MLine 3.17
GR-XL01.020 XLine 7.69
GR-XL01.022 XLine 22.22
Dimensions
B
A
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm]
GR01.020A 20 20
GR01.021 20 40
GR01.022 40 40
GR01.026 25 25
GR01.027 25 50
GR-XL01.020 40 40
GR-XL01.021 40 80
GR-XL01.022 80 80
Adapter cross-joint connectors
Adapter cross-joint connectors
Stable connection between different extrusions
Product Description
> Connects SLine with MLine or XLine extrusions
> Maximum stability of the gripping system
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
GR01.023 SLine / MLine 2.15
GR01.024 SLine / XLine 4.2
GR01.025 SLine / XLine 6.1
Dimensions

A
B
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm]
GR01.023 20 25
GR01.024 20 40
GR01.025 40 40
www.pa.com
SLine cross joint connectors - flat
SLine cross joint connectors - flat
Product Description
> Space-saving installation of compact gripping system
> No drilling necessary extrusion can be moved in four directions after bolts are loosened
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR01.030 1.52
GR01.031 2.05
GR01.032 2.54
Dimensions
D
B
A
C
Item no.
GR01.030 10 20 18.5 40
GR01.031 10 40 18.5 60
GR01.032 20 40 28.5 60
SLine cross joint connectors - large
SLine cross joint connectors - large
Fixed connection between two SLine extrusions
Product Description
> Space-saving installation of compact gripping system
> No drilling necessary extrusion can be moved in four directions after bolts are loosened
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR01.040 1.76
GR01.041 1.94
GR01.042 2.93
Dimensions
B
D
C
A
Item no.
GR01.040 20 10 28.5 30
GR01.041 20 20 28.5 40
GR01.042 40 20 48.5 40
www.pa.com
Angle connector
Angle connector
Stable connection between two extrusions, can be used flexibly
Product Description
> For 90 connection
> No overlapping of the extrusion necessary
> No drilling necessary
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Suitable for extrusion system
GR01.050 0.85 SLine, MLine
GR01.051 1.94 SLine, MLine
GR01.052 1.94 XLine
Dimensions
A
B
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm]
GR01.050 20 20
GR01.051 40 40
GR01.052 40 40
SLine / MLine angle connector 90
SLine / MLine angle connector 90
Stable 90 connection between two extrusions
Product Description
> High stability connection
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR01.060 3.28
GR01.061 3.81
Dimensions
B
A
C
D
Item no.
GR01.060 60 80 20 20
GR01.061 60 80 20 40
www.pa.com
Angle connector 0 - 90
Angle connector 0 - 90
Product Description
> Stable connection with variable adjustment options
Technical Data
Item no.
Dimensions
C
B
A
C
Item no.
GR01.062 50 70 20
GR-XL01.062 80 100 40
SLine / MLine extrusion connector - adjustable
SLine / MLine extrusion connector - rotatable
Variable angle connection between two parallel extrusions
Product Description
> Axial angle adjustment
> Rigid clamping with the use of two opposing clamping screws
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR01.100 2.75
Dimensions
A

B
C
Item no.
GR01.100 40 40 15
www.pa.com
SLine / MLine extrusion fastener
SLine / MLine extrusion fastener
Product Description
> Flexible mounting of universal gripper components
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR01.110 0.99
GR01.111 1.45
GR01.112 1.69
Dimensions
B
C
A
Item no.
GR01.110 10 20 60
GR01.111 14 20 80
GR01.112 20 20 100
Extrusion systems | Clamps
Angle clamps - universal
Angle clamps - universal
Flexible integration of gripper components in extrusion systems
Product Description
> Ease of assembly due to use of screws with internal and external hex bits
Technical Data
Item no.
GR02.001A SLine / MLine 0.92
Dimensions
B
C
A
Item no.
GR02.001A 10 16 17-22
GR02.003A 20 25 22-27
GR02.004 14 20 19-24
GR02.005 30 35 27-32
GR-XL02.003 20 30 32-42
GR-XL02.005 30 35 37-47
www.pa.com
Angle clamps - adjustable
Angle clamps - rotatable
Flexible integration of gripper components in extrusion systems
Product Description
> Flexible positioning of gripper components thanks to slotted holes
Technical Data
Item no.
GR02.013A SLine / MLine 3
Dimensions
D C
A
B
L
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] L [mm]
GR02.010A 10 18 16 45 85
GR02.011A 14 20 17 55 98
GR02.013A 20 25 20 65 114
GR02.016 30 35 27 65 122
GR-XL02.013 20 30 21 100 130
GR-XL02.016 30 35 25.5 100 159
SLine / MLine angle clamps - for customization
SLine / MLine angle clamps - for customization
Flexible integration of project-specific special elements
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR02.014 1.66
GR02.015 2.96
Dimensions
L
D
B
Item no.
B [mm] D [mm] L [mm]
GR02.014 18 42 80
GR02.015 25 52 100
> Integration of gripper elements, e.g. parallel grippers, using angle clamps
www.pa.com
Cross clamps
Cross clamps
Product Description
> Saves space when assembling compact gripper systems
Technical Data
Item no.
Dimensions
B
D
C
A
Item no.
GR02.020 10 30 14 6.5
GR02.022 20 40 24 12.5
GR02.023 14 35 19.5 9.5
GR02.024 30 60 34 17
GR-XL02.022 20 45 24.5 12
GR-XL02.024 30 68 34 17
Cross clamps
Cross clamps
Versatile 90 connection of two clamping shafts of the same size
Product Description
> Flexible connection of gripper components
> High degree of installation flexibility thanks to hexagon socket and hexagon insert bolts
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR02.210 0.99
GR02.211 1.16
GR02.212 2.05
Dimensions
A
B
#

C
D
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm]
#C [mm]
D [mm]
GR02.210 10 12 16 40
GR02.211 14 16 18 48
GR02.212 20 22 24 60
www.pa.com
Parallel clamps
Parallel clamps
Product Description
> Flexible connection of gripper components
> High degree of installation flexibility thanks to hexagon socket and hexagon insert bolts
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR02.220 1.06
GR02.221 1.23
GR02.222 2.12
Dimensions
A
B
C D
Item no.
GR02.220 10 15 43 12
GR02.221 14 20 52 12
GR02.222 20 26 64 14
Extrusion systems | Mounting of suction cups
Angle connectors - universal
Angle connectors - universal
Product Description
> Slot holes provide compatibility with extrusions with dimensions from 20mm to 30mm and 40 - 60mm
Technical Data
Item no.
Dimensions
D
C
A B
Item no.
A B [mm] C [mm] D
GR02.030A M5 16 17-22 M5
GR02.031A G1/8 25 19-24 G1/8
GR-XL02.033 G1/4 30 29-39 G1/4
www.pa.com
SLine / MLine angle connectors - rotatable
Versatile connection of vacuum cups in gripping system
Product Description
> Large adjustment range for positioning of gripper components
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR02.040 1.55
GR02.041 2.05
GR02.043 3.03
Dimensions
D C
E
A B
Item no.
A B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E
GR02.040 M5 20 17 42 M5
GR02.041 G1/8 25 19 52 G1/8
GR02.043 G1/4 30 20 52 G1/4
SLine/MLine angle-screw couplings for side or head installation
SLine/MLine angle-screw couplings for side or head installation
Compact connection between extrusions and vacuum cups
Product Description
> Easy and flexible cup mounting
> High installation flexibility
> Space-saving installation of compact gripper systems
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR02.050 0.85
GR02.051 1.27
GR02.052 1.45
GR02.053 1.73
Dimensions
E
D
C B
A
Item no.
A B C [mm] D [mm] E [mm]
GR02.050 M5 M5 15 15 7
GR02.051 G1/8 G1/8 15 20 9
GR02.052 G1/4 G1/8 15 25 10
GR02.053 G1/4 G1/4 20 25 10
www.pa.com
Product Description
> Can be rotated around 360
> Space-saving cup installation
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR02.060 0.85
GR02.061 1.69
GR02.063 2.43
Dimensions
D
A B
C
Item no.
A B [mm] C [mm] D
GR02.060 M5 20 14 M5
GR02.061 G1/8 25 20 G1/8
GR02.063 G1/4 30 21 G1/4
Vacuum cup fitting for compact cylinders rotatable
Variable mounting of vacuum cups to compact cylinders
Product Description
> Suitable for all standard compact cylinders (anti-twist) in acc. with ISO 21287 Standard
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR07.020 2.79
Dimensions
G

G

A
B
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] G
GR07.020 33 43 G1/4
> Example of cup mounting arrangement
www.pa.com
Angle-screw couplings for spring plungers
Angle-screw couplings for spring plungers
Product Description
> Compatible with commercially available spring plungers
> Particularly compatible with FIPA Heavy-duty spring plungers
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR02.230 1.02
GR02.231 1.94
GR02.232 2.22
Dimensions
A B
C D
L
Item no.
A B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] L [mm]
GR02.230 G1/8 20 17 45 82
GR02.231 M16x1 26 21 55 99
GR02.232 M20x1.5 28 21 65 110
Miniature rotary unit with vacuum channel
Miniature rotary unit with vacuum channel
Customized design example
Miniature rotary unit with oval vacuum cup
Product Description
> Dual-action, adjustable angle 45
> Significant reduction in the cycle time as it is around 80 % lighter than the standard rotary unit
> Minimum hose connection effort thanks to integrated vacuum channel
Note
Other swing angles or sizes on request
Dimensions
A
B
D C
G
G a
G b
G b
c c
a = Connection to the vacuum cup (product side freely
selectable)
b = Compressed air connection c = Fixing hole 5.5 mm (customized fixing on request)
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] G
GR07.xx1 40 30 50 20 M5
NEW
www.pa.com
Extrusion systems | Air manifolds
Air and vacuum distributor for SLine/MLine extrusion stackable
Air and vacuum distributor for SLine/MLine extrusion stackable
Product Description
> Can be directly mounted on the extrusion
> 4+1 connections
> Can be extended and combined in any way
> When stacking the air manifold, a borehole with max. 7 mm is to be provided in the center of the underside
> Possible combinations for stacking: vacuum / compressed air, vacuum / vacuum, compressed air / compressed air
Ordering notes
O-ring for sealing and seal plug included in delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Suitable sealing plugs
GR05.001A 1.76 77.009
Dimensions
# A
B
G
G
Item no.
#A [mm]
B [mm] G
GR05.001A 30 18 G1/8
Extrusion systems | Accessories
End caps
End caps
Dimensions
A
B
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] Suitable for extrusion system
GR01.010 10 20 SLine
GR01.011 10 40 SLine
GR01.012 20 20 SLine
GR01.013 20 40 SLine
GR01.015 20 80 SLine
GR01.016 40 40 SLine
GR01.017 25 25 MLine
GR01.018 25 50 MLine
GR-XL01.012 40 40 XLine
GR-XL01.013 40 80 XLine
www.pa.com
Locator pins
Locator pins
Product Description
> Low friction ensures good sliding properties
> Centering bolts from POM can be adapted by the customers if required
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Suitable extension tube
GR06.001 0.14 GR06.020 (Page 149)
GR06.002A 0.78 GR06.021A (Page 149)
GR06.003 2.22 GR06.022 (Page 149)
Dimensions
L
A
G
Item no.
A [mm] G L [mm]
GR06.001 10 M8x1 50
GR06.002A 14 M12x1 100
GR06.003 20 M17x1 150
Fitting for vacuum switches
Fitting for vacuum switches
Product Description
> Integration of vacuum switches for vacuum monitoring into gripper systems
> Particularly suitable for vacuum switches 20.005 to 20.007
> Mounting directly on the extrusion
Ordering notes
Channel nuts and bolts included in delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
20.008-H 1.27
Dimensions
A
B
C

D
Item no.
20.008-H 40 38.5 15 9
www.pa.com
Gripper arms | Content
Gripper arms at a glance ................................................................................... 62
Angle arms .............................................................................................................. 63
Suction ngers ....................................................................................................... 67
Gripper arms | At a glance

> Gripper arms support the integration of grippers or
vacuum cups into gripper systems
> FIPA gripper arms offer exible opportunities for
use and represent the greatest functionality and
reliability
FIPA gripper arms
Modular angle arms - rotatable, reinforced GR02.240-262
> Integration of grippers or other gripper components
> Reliable processing even under heavy loads through optimized positioning of the sprue grippers
thanks to innovative clamping
Modular suction ngers - rotatable GR03.240-262
> Integration of vacuum cups into gripper systems
> Innite angle adjustment
> No snap ring, which means that compared with the competition installation and removal is
optimized and safer
Suction nger - rigid
> Flexible assembly through two vacuum connections directly on the vacuum cup or alternatively
at the end of the shaft
Suction nger - spring-loaded
> Absorption of stroke movement upon workpiece ejection
> Smooth movement sequences through precisely channeled, plastic, anti-friction bushes
> No jamming of the suction ngers, even with off-centered loads or horizontal mounting
> Flexible assembly through vacuum connections directly on the vacuum cup or alternatively at
the end of the shaft (from GR03.090A)
ripper arms
NEW
NEW
www.pa.com
Gripper arms | Angle arms
Angle arm - rigid
Angle arm - rigid
Versatile connection between clamping pieces and other universal gripper components
Product Description
> Flexible installation with high stability
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR02.070A 0.71
GR02.071A 0.85
GR02.072A 0.99
GR02.083 1.27
GR02.084 1.59
GR02.085 1.83
GR02.100 2.15
GR02.101A 2.82
GR02.102A 3.35
GR02.103 7.16
Dimensions
L
A
B
C
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] L [mm]
GR02.070A 10 7 10 30
GR02.071A 10 7 10 60
GR02.072A 10 7 10 90
GR02.083 14 9.5 14 45
GR02.084 14 9.5 14 90
GR02.085 14 9.5 14 130
GR02.100 20 15 20 50
GR02.101A 20 15 20 100
GR02.102A 20 15 20 150
GR02.103 30 17 30 200
Angle arm - rotatable
Angle arm - rotatable
Product Description
> High flexibility through linear and rotational adjustment
> Easy to assemble
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR02.140 1.27
GR02.141 1.41
GR02.142 1.59
GR02.153 2.12
GR02.154 2.4
GR02.155 2.75
GR02.170 3.07
GR02.171 3.63
GR02.172 4.23
GR02.180 1.48
GR02.181 1.8
GR02.182 2.08
Dimensions
C
D
L B
A
M
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] L [mm] M [mm]
GR02.140 10 11 10 27 30 36.5
GR02.141 10 11 10 27 60 36.5
GR02.142 10 11 10 27 90 36.5
GR02.153 14 13 14 36 45 36.5
GR02.154 14 13 14 36 90 36.5
GR02.155 14 13 14 36 130 36.5
GR02.170 20 15 20 36 50 49
GR02.171 20 15 20 36 100 49
GR02.172 20 15 20 36 150 49
GR02.180 14 13 10 29 45 36.5
GR02.181 14 13 10 29 90 36.5
GR02.182 14 13 10 29 130 36.5
www.pa.com
Modular angle arms rotatable, reinforced
Modular angle arms rotatable, reinforced
Secure connection of grippers
Product Description
> Increased process reliability by optimized seating of the sprue grippers thanks to innovative clamping
> Up to 22 % lighter than GR02.140 ff.
> Flexible replacement of clamping head with suction head of GR03.240-242, GR03.250-252, GR03.260-263
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR02.240 1.02
GR02.241 1.13
GR02.242 1.23
GR02.250 1.76
GR02.251 2.05
GR02.252 2.33
GR02.260 3.14
GR02.261 3.67
GR02.262 4.2
Dimensions
L B
D
C
M
A
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] L [mm] M [mm]
GR02.240 10 14 10 26 30 35
GR02.241 10 14 10 26 60 35
GR02.242 10 14 10 26 90 35
GR02.250 14 16 14 34 45 45
GR02.251 14 16 14 34 90 45
GR02.252 14 16 14 34 130 45
GR02.260 20 19 20 43 50 59
GR02.261 20 19 20 43 100 59
GR02.262 20 19 20 43 150 59
NEW
Angle arm - spring-loaded, rotatable, with anti-twist protection
Angle arm - spring-loaded, rotatable, with anti-twist protection
Product Description
> Precise movements thanks to recirculating linear ball bearings for absorbing lateral forces and momentum
> Designed for heavy loads
Technical Data
Item no.
Lift [mm] Weight [oz]
GR03.200 40 6.42
GR03.201 40 7.13
Dimensions
C
A
L
F
D
M
A
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] F [mm] L [mm] M [mm]
GR03.200 20 10 16 50 40 165 39
GR03.201 20 20 20x25 50 40 175 49
www.pa.com
Gripper arms | Suction fingers
Suction fingers - rigid
Suction fingers - rigid
Integration of vacuum cups into a gripper system
Product Description
> High installation flexibility thanks to two vacuum connections on head and shaft end
Ordering notes
Sealing plug suitable for both connections included in delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR03.001A 0.39
GR03.002A 0.56
GR03.003A 0.78
GR03.010A 0.95
GR03.011A 1.38
GR03.012A 1.73
GR03.036 2.26
GR03.037 3.53
GR03.038 4.83
GR03.039 7.16
Dimensions
L
D
A
C
B
M
Item no.
A [mm] B C D L [mm] M [mm]
GR03.001A 10 M5 M5 M5 30 13
GR03.002A 10 M5 M5 M5 60 13
GR03.003A 10 M5 M5 M5 90 13
GR03.010A 14 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 45 20
GR03.011A 14 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 90 20
GR03.012A 14 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 130 20
GR03.036 20 G1/4 G1/8 G1/8 50 23
GR03.037 20 G1/4 G1/8 G1/8 100 23
GR03.038 20 G1/4 G1/8 G1/8 150 23
GR03.039 30 G1/4 G1/4 -- 200 30
Suction fingers - rotatable
Suction fingers - rotatable
Product Description
> Flexibility through rotational and linear adjustment
> Ease of assembly due to use of screws with internal and external hex bits
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR03.040 1.23
GR03.041A 1.34
GR03.042A 1.52
GR03.050A 2.05
GR03.051A 2.43
GR03.052A 2.75
GR03.070A 2.54
GR03.071A 3.07
GR03.072A 3.63
GR03.073A 3.28
GR03.074A 3.74
GR03.075A 4.34
Dimensions
L
A
B
D
C
M
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C D L [mm] M [mm]
GR03.040 10 11 M5 M5 30 36.5
GR03.041A 10 11 M5 M5 60 36.5
GR03.042A 10 11 M5 M5 90 36.5
GR03.050A 14 13 G1/8 G1/8 45 47
GR03.051A 14 13 G1/8 G1/8 90 47
GR03.052A 14 13 G1/8 G1/8 130 47
GR03.070A 20 15 G1/8 G1/8 50 47
GR03.071A 20 15 G1/8 G1/8 100 47
GR03.072A 20 15 G1/8 G1/8 150 47
GR03.073A 20 15 G1/4 G1/4 50 49
GR03.074A 20 15 G1/4 G1/4 100 49
GR03.075A 20 15 G1/4 G1/4 150 49
www.pa.com
Modular suction fingers rotatable, rigid
Modular suction fingers rotatable, rigid
Integration of vacuum cups in gripper systems
Mounting construction
Product Description
> Up to 50 % lighter in comparison to GR03.040 ff.
> Infinitely variable angle adjustment
> No snap ring, which means that compared with the competition installation and removal is optimized and safer
> Fast conversion into a rotatable angular arm by replacing the vacuum head with clamping head GR02.240-242 ff.
> Instead of the vacuum head, alternatively a gripper can be directly mounted
(e.g. GR03.240-242: suitable for grippers, series 80, 90, 100;
GR03.260-263: suitable for grippers, series 130, 140)
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR03.240 0.53
GR03.241 0.63
GR03.242 0.74
GR03.250 1.02
GR03.251 1.31
GR03.252 1.62
GR03.260 2.01
GR03.261 2.5
GR03.262 3.03
Dimensions
A
L B
C
D
Item no.
GR03.240 10 14 M5 M5 30
GR03.241 10 14 M5 M5 60
GR03.242 10 14 M5 M5 90
GR03.250 14 16 G1/8 G1/8 45
GR03.251 14 16 G1/8 G1/8 90
GR03.252 14 16 G1/8 G1/8 130
GR03.260 20 19 G1/4 G1/4 50
GR03.261 20 19 G1/4 G1/4 100
GR03.262 20 19 G1/4 G1/4 150
NEW
Suction fingers - spring-loaded
Suction fingers - spring-loaded
Product Description
> Smooth motion through use of plastic bushing
> Maximum process stability because of no jamming even with tilted loads
> Flexibility through second air connection (GR03.090A and above)
Technical Data
Item no.
GR03.080A 10 0.63
GR03.081A 20 0.63
GR03.090A 15 1.59
GR03.091A 35 1.69
GR03.114 20 4.48
GR03.115 40 4.8
Dimensions
A
L
D
C
B
F
E
G
Item no.
A [mm] B C D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G L [mm]
GR03.080A 10 M5 M5 10 25 10 -- 67
GR03.081A 10 M5 M5 10 25 20 -- 77
GR03.090A 14 G1/8 G1/8 16 35 15 M5 93.5
GR03.091A 14 G1/8 G1/8 16 35 35 M5 113.5
GR03.114 20 G1/4 G1/8 20 55 20 G1/8 128.5
GR03.115 20 G1/4 G1/8 20 55 40 G1/8 148.5
www.pa.com
Suction fingers spring-loaded, rotatable, with anti-twist protection
Suction fingers spring-loaded, rotatable, with anti-twist protection
Compensation of strokes when product is ejected from sprue mold
Product Description
> Smooth motion through use of plastic bushing
> Maximum process stability because of no jamming of the suction fingers, even with off centered loads or horizontal mounting
> Rigid clamping of set angle
Note
Optional use, e.g. as spring-loaded fitting for sprue grippers (see picture)
Technical Data
Item no.
GR03.120A 10 1.23
GR03.121A 20 1.31
GR03.130A 15 2.65
GR03.131A 35 2.96
GR03.152A 20 7.3
GR03.153A 40 8.08
Dimensions
L
E
D
C
B
G F
A
Item no.
A [mm] B C D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] L [mm]
GR03.120A 10 M5 M5 17 6 10 25 70
GR03.121A 10 M5 M5 17 6 20 25 80
GR03.130A 14 G1/8 G1/8 21 8 15 28 92
GR03.131A 14 G1/8 G1/8 21 8 35 28 112
GR03.152A 20 G1/4 G1/4 23.5 10 20 50 128
GR03.153A 20 G1/4 G1/4 23.5 10 40 50 148
Gripper arms | Notes

Notes:

www.pa.com
Grippers | Content
Grippers at a glance ........................................................................................ 75
Grippers overview ............................................................................................... 76
Sprue grippers ....................................................................................................... 78
Parallel grippers ................................................................................................... 94
Angular grippers .................................................................................................. 107
Expansion grippers.............................................................................................. 109
Finger grippers ...................................................................................................... 114
Needle grippers .................................................................................................... 115
Magnetic grippers ................................................................................................ 122
Vacuum grippers at a glance ......................................................................... 124
Vacuum grippers .................................................................................................. 126
Customized grippers at a glance .................................................................. 138
Customized grippers ........................................................................................... 139
Product congurator FIPA modular grippers ......................................... 141
Accessories .............................................................................................................. 143
Grippers | Notes

Notes:

www.pa.com
Grippers | At a glance

FIPA grippers
Piston
Very high gripping force
> Two transverse pneumatic pistons transfer the power directly to the gripper jaws
> This minimizes friction and maximizes the gripping force
Long cycle life thanks to sturdy design
> FIPA grippers are made from a high-strength aluminum alloy
> Gripper jaws and housing are additionally subjected to a galvanized surface treatment
(Hartcoat)
> This maximizes wear resistance and cycle life
Extensive grip detection
> Reliable process monitoring through acknowledgement that a piece has been gripped
> Highly precise sensor trigger, regardless of the position of the gripped item in the gripper
Needle grippers
> Gentle gripping of textiles and fabrics through the adjustable needle stroke
> Minimization of cycle times with double action execution (GR04.740) or integrated blow-off
function (GR04.700)
Magnetic grippers MG
> Secure handling even during power failure through permanent magnets
> No vacuum or compressed air supply or tubing required
> Energy-saving, as electricity is required only for depositing
> Simple integration into gripper systems using metric threads
> FIPA offers an extensive range of grippers for secure
extraction of injection molds
> Furthermore, parallel or expansion grippers as well as
needle and magnetic grippers are available for reliable
handling of different workpieces
Grippers overview | At a glance

Grippers
Item number Page Action Principle Part monitoring Closing force [N] Max. jaw opening [mm] Weight [oz]
GR04.080 78 single - 12 8 0.28
GR04.090
79
single - 15 10 0.53
GR04.091 single yes 15 10 0.60
GR04.100
80
single - 22 20 1.76
GR04.101 single yes 22 20 1.76
GR04.101/NPN single yes 22 20 1.76
GR04.102 double - 20 23 1.76
GR04.103 single - * 33.4 1.52
GR04.131A
83
single - 95 23 4.06
GR04.130B single - 95 22 4.06
GR04.130C single - * 4.06
GR04.131D
84
single yes 95 23 4.73
GR04.131D/NPN single yes 95 23 4.73
GR04.131E single yes 95 22 4.73
GR04.131E/NPN single yes 95 22 4.73
GR04.130F single yes 95 23 4.73
GR04.140A
88
single - 380 15 13.93
GR04.140B single yes 380 14 14.29
GR04.140B/NPN single yes 380 14 14.29
GR04.110
90
double - 23 28.5 4.02
GR04.110/NPN double - 23 28.5 4.02
GR04.111A
93
single yes 95 23 4.76
GR04.111A/NPN single yes 95 23 4.76
Parallel grippers
Item number Page Action Principle Part monitoring Closing force [N]
Max. jaw opening
[mm]
Stroke [mm] Weight [oz]
GR04.114
94
double optional 94 25 6 1.52
GR04.115 double optional 120 32 8 3.03
GR04.116 double optional 146 40 12 6
GR04.117-10
96
double optional 28 23.5 4.6 1.59
GR04.117-16 double optional 86 31.5 6.8 3.46
GR04.510
98
GR04.510-1 double optional 22 132 40 12.35
www.pa.com
Grippers overview | At a glance

Parallel grippers
Item number Page Action Principle Part monitoring Closing force [N] Max. jaw opening [mm] Stroke [mm] Weight [oz]
GR04.525
101
GR04.125-16
104
double optional 20 - 2 2.12
GR04.125-20 double optional 35 - 2 3.46
Expansion grippers
Item number Page Action Principle Part monitoring
Gripping force
at 116 psi [N]
Max. grippable inner
diameter [mm]
Weight [oz]
GR04.204
109
single optional * 5,4 0.28
GR04.205 single optional * 6,7 0.28
GR04.N208
111
single optional 15 11 0.53
GR04.N210 single optional 30 14 0.56
GR04.N214 single optional 65 19.5 0.60
GR04.N222 single optional 90 31.5 1.52
GR04.N227
112
single optional 95 37 2.79
Angular grippers
Item number Page Action Principle Part monitoring Closing force [N] Stroke [] Weight [oz]
GR04.118-10
107
double optional 16 2x20 1.38
GR04.118-16 double optional 72 2x20 3.10
Grippers | Sprue grippers
The smallest gripper series 80
The smallest gripper series 80
Reliable gripping of small gates for injection molding
Product Description
> Low space requirements due to the very small construction size
> High gripping force and wide jaw opening
> High wear resistance thanks to Hartcoat
treated body and gripper jaws

> Secure position of the gripper in the connectors thanks to fully rounded clamping shaft
Technical Data
Item no.
Operating pressure [psi] Closing force at 87 psi [N] Weight [oz]
GR04.080 87 12 0.28
Dimensions
I
C
H
A
J
F
E
B
d
1
G 1 D
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G1 H [mm] I [mm] J [mm] d1 [mm]
GR04.080 17 46.5 8 10 15 12 M5 8 3 11 4.2
NEW
HIGHEST GRIPPING FORCE IN RELATION TO SIZE
www.pa.com
Grippers - Series 90 Mini
Grippers - Series 90 Mini
Reliable gripper for small sprues in restricted space
Product Description
> Very small and light, thereby powerful and robust
> High wear resistance due to Hartcoat
treated surface
> High process stability thanks to indirect sensor-based grip detection (GR04.091)
> Simple installation of the sensor by 3-pole M8 connector on 30 cm cable
> Sensor activates if no part has been gripped
> Signal reversal (sensor activates if part has been gripped) possible by means of PNP inverter 20.530
Ordering notes
Version with NPN sensor on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Sensor Closing force at
87 psi [N]
Operating pressure
[psi]
Weight [oz] Suitable accessories
GR04.090 Single -- 15 116 0.53 --
GR04.091 Single PNP* 15 116 0.6
Connector cable 20.503 (Page 157)
Signal inverter 20.530 (Page 155)
PNP-NPN converter 20.531 (Page 156)
Dimensions
D
G1
I
C
H
A

F

E

B

d
1

J
1
I
C
H
A

F

J

E
D
G1

B
1

d
1
GR04.090 GR04.091
* = Grip detection works for parts having a diameter beyond 2 mm 1 = Compressed air connection
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G1 H [mm] I [mm] J [mm] d1 [mm]
GR04.090 20 56 10 10 15 17 M5 10 4 14 5.5
GR04.091 20 56 10 10 15 17 M5 10 4 14 5.5
Grippers - Series 100
Reliable sprue gripper for injection molding
Product Description
> Versatile use due to compact shape and large jaw opening
> Maximum reliability thanks to high closing force and robust construction
treated surface
> Gentle gripping due to replaceable gripper jaws for GR04.103
> Simple installation of the sensor thanks to 3-pole M8 connector
Ordering notes
GR04.101 and GR04.101/NPN: Sensor and 0.3 m cable included in delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Sensor Closing force at
87 psi [N]
Operating pressure
[psi]
GR04.100 Single -- 22 36.3 - 116 1.76 --
GR04.101 Single Yes 22 36.3 - 116 1.76
Sensor GR04.198 (Page 150)
Sensor GR04.198/NPN (Page 150)
GR04.101/NPN Single Yes 22 36.3 - 116 1.76
GR04.102 Double (dual) -- 20 36.3 - 116 1.76 --
GR04.103 Single -- * 36.3 - 116 1.52 --
Wiring diagram sensor
-
+
BL
BW
BK
R
BK (OUT) = Black
BL- = Blue
BW+ = White
Sensor GR04.198
www.pa.com
+
-
BW
BL
BK
R
BK (OUT) = Black
BL- = Blue
BW+ = White
Dimensions
B
F
N
G
G1
J
I
E
C
H
D
K
A
M
H
L
1
M
F
N
B
G
G1
I
J
E
L
C
A
K
H
D
H
1
GR04.100 GR04.101 | GR04.101/NPN
D
H
F
B
N
G
G1
H
M
I
J
E
C
L
K
A H
1
1
H
A
B
C
D
E
FH
I
J
H
K
L
M
N O
PQ
G
G1
1
GR04.102 GR04.103
* = The closing force depends on the geometry of the special customer-specific jaws. 1 = Compressed air connection
Item no.
A
[mm]
B
[mm]
C
[mm]
D
[mm]
E
[mm]
F
[mm]
G
[mm]
G1
[mm]
H I
[mm]
J
[mm]
K
[mm]
L
[mm]
M
[mm]
N
[mm]
O
[mm]
P
[mm]
Q
GR04.100 10 35 15 5 30 80 20 1 M5 8 15 16 4 4,3 23 -- -- --
GR04.101 10 35 15 5 30 80 20 1 M5 8 15 16 4 4,3 23 -- -- --
GR04.101/NPN 10 35 15 5 30 80 20 1 M5 8 15 16 4 4,3 23 -- -- --
GR04.102 10 35 15 18 30 80 23 1 M5 8 15 16 4 4,3 23 -- -- --
GR04.103 10 35 15 5 30 62 33,4 18 M5 8 15 16 4 4,3 5 3 8 M4
Jaws for GR04.103 - for modular adjustment
Jaws for GR04.103 - for modular adjustment
Safe sprue gripping as well as gentle handling of sensitive products such as film
Product Description
> Long life and high reliability due to Hartcoat
treated surface
> Flexible adjustment of the gripper to the product as well as changing product requirements
Technical Data
Item no.
Closing
force [N]
Weight
[oz]
Application benefit Suitable HNBR
elastomer
GR04.103-1 * 1.41 Several unique designs are possible, e.g. complementary shape of the item to be handled --
GR04.103-2 23 0.49 Safe and secure grip for soft gates or multi-component systems --
GR04.103-3 23 0.49 Safe and secure grip for soft gates or multi-component systems --
GR04.103-4 23 0.49 Delicate gripping of sensitive components, films and much more. Temperature range up to about 284F. GR04.103-4HNBR
Dimensions
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
GR04.103-1 GR04.103-2
A
B
C
D
A
E
B
C
GR04.103-3 GR04.103-4
* = The closing force depends on the geometry of the special customer-specific jaws.
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm]
GR04.103-1 20 40 8 -- --
GR04.103-2 19 25 8 2 --
GR04.103-3 19 25 8 2 --
GR04.103-4 19.5 25 8 -- 20
www.pa.com
Grippers - Series 130 without sensor
Grippers - Series 130 without sensor
Powerful sprue gripper for injection molding
Product Description
> Very high gripping force thanks to dual-action principle of operation and large pneumatic piston

> GR04.131A is self-centering and, if required, can be very easily changed over to non self-centering
> GR04.131A: Simple installation/removal of the gripper jaws without snap ring
> Gentle gripping thanks to replaceable gripper jaws for GR04.130C
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of operation Closing force at 87 psi [N] Operating pressure [psi] Weight [oz]
GR04.131A Single 95 2,5 - 8 124
GR04.130B Single 95 2,5 - 8 95
GR04.130C Single * 2,5 - 8 110
Dimensions
H1
H
A
F
E
D
B
I
C
G2
G1
D
H
A

E

F

B
I
C
G1
G2
1
GR04.131A GR04.130B
D
G1
G2

E

B
L
A
I
C
J
K
G
3
d
1
1
GR04.130C
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] d1 [mm] E 1 [mm] F [mm] G1 G2 G3 H [mm] I [mm] J [mm] K [mm] L [mm]
GR04.131A 38.5 119 25 20 -- 43 27.5 G1/8 M17x1 -- 27.5 12 -- -- --
GR04.130B 37 115 25 20 -- 43 27.5 G1/8 M17x1 -- 22 12 -- -- --
GR04.130C 46.5 99.5 25 20 3 43 -- G1/8 M17x1 M5 -- 12 6 12 16.5
NEW
Grippers - Series 130 with sensor
Product Description
> Very high gripping force thanks to dual-action principle of operation and large pneumatic piston

> GR04.131D and E are self-centering and, if required, can be very easily converted to non-self-centering
> GR04.131 D and E: Large area sensor operation, simple installation/removal of the gripper jaws without snap ring
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Connection type Sensor Closing force at 87
psi [N]
Operating
pressure [psi]
GR04.131D Single PNP Yes 95 29 - 116 4.73
Extension tube GR06.022 (Page 149)
Sensor GR04.130-S1
GR04.131D/
NPN
Single NPN Yes 95 29 - 116 4.73
Sensor GR04.130-S2
GR04.131E Single PNP Yes 95 29 - 116 4.73
Sensor GR04.130-S1
GR04.131E/
NPN
Single NPN Yes 95 29 - 116 4.73
Sensor GR04.130-S2
GR04.130F Single PNP Yes 95 36.3 - 116 4.23
Sensor GR04.111A-Sensor
Mounting construction of the gripper jaws without snap ring
GR04.131D | GR04.131D/NPN | GR04.131E | GR04.131E/NPN
NEW
www.pa.com
Extensive sensor activation
GR04.131D | GR04.131D/NPN | GR04.131E | GR04.131E/NPN
Dimensions
H1
H
A
F
E
B
I
C
G2
G1
D
H1
H
A
F
E
B
I
C
G2
G1 D
GR04.131D | GR04.131D/NPN GR04.131E | GR04.131E/NPN
I
C
H
A

E

B
D
G1
G2
1

F
GR04.130F
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G1 G2 H [mm] H1 [mm] I [mm]
GR04.131D 38.5 119 25 20 43 27.5 G1/8 M17x1 27.5 1 12
GR04.131D/NPN 38.5 119 25 20 43 27.5 G1/8 M17x1 27.5 1 12
GR04.131E 38.5 119 25 20 43 27.5 G1/8 M17x1 25.5 1 12
GR04.131E/NPN 38.5 119 25 20 43 27.5 G1/8 M17x1 25.5 1 12
GR04.130F 37 115 25 20 43 27.5 G1/8 M17x1 23 1 20
Grippers | Notes

Notes:

www.pa.com
Jaws for GR04.130C - for modular adjustment
Jaws for GR04.130C - for modular adjustment
Safe sprue gripping as well as gentle handling of sensitive products such as film
Product Description
> Long life and high reliability due to Hart-Coat
treated surface
> Flexible adjustment of the gripper to the product as well as changing product requirements
Technical Data
Item no.
Closing
force [N]
Weight
[oz]
Application benefit Suitable HNBR
elastomer
GR04.130C-1 * 3.07 Several unique designs are possible, e.g. complementary shape of the item to be handled --
GR04.130C-2 60 1.27 Safe and secure grip for soft gates or multi-component systems --
GR04.130C-3 60 1.27 Safe and secure grip for soft gates or multi-component systems --
GR04.130C-4 60 1.23 Delicate gripping of sensitive components, films and much more. Temperature range up to about 284F. GR04.130C-4HNBR
Dimensions
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
GR04.130C-1 GR04.130C-2
A
B
C
D
A
E
B
C
GR04.130C-3 GR04.130C-4
* = The closing force depends on the geometry of the special customer-specific jaws.
Item no.
GR04.130C-1 22 50 12 -- --
GR04.130C-2 20.5 30 12 3 --
GR04.130C-3 20.5 30 12 3 --
GR04.130C-4 22 30 12 -- 24
Power gripper - Series 140
Installation example of the GR04.140 with side fitting
Product Description
> Very high gripping force through dual-action principle of operation and large pneumatic piston
> Compact design and very low weight in relation to power achieved
> Self-centering gripper jaws
> Large area sensor operation (GR04.140B, GR140B/NPN)

> Simple installation/removal of the gripper jaws without snap ring
> Flexible pliers mounting: Clamping shaft can also be screwed onto the housing offset at a 90 angle
Note
The gripper can easily be adjusted by the customer to not self-centering if required
Technical Data
Item no.
Connection type Closing force [N] Weight [oz] Suitable accessories
GR04.140A PNP 380 13.93 --
GR04.140B PNP 380 14.29
Sensor GR04.130-S1
GR04.140B/NPN NPN 380 14.29
Sensor GR04.130-S2
Mounting construction of the gripper jaws without snap ring
NEW
www.pa.com
Extensive sensor activation
GR04.140B | GR04.140B/NPN
Dimensions
# A
H
H1
F
E
B
D
I
G1
J
K
G2
H
F
E
B
I
K
J
G2
G1
D
# A
GR04.140A GR04.140B | GR04.140B/NPN
Item no.
#A [mm]
B [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G1 G2 H [mm] H1 [mm] I [mm] J [mm] K [mm]
GR04.140A 45 160 20 45 30 G1/8 M5 15 1 20 35 25
GR04.140B 45 160 20 45 30 G1/8 M5 14 -- 20 35 25
GR04.140B/NPN 45 160 20 45 30 G1/8 M5 14 -- 20 35 25
> Application example: Gripping of plastic flaps
Grippers - self centering
Reliable sprue gripper for injection molding
Product Description
> Compact design with large jaw opening
> Rapid cycle times through dual-action design
> Long life and high reliability due to Hartcoat
treated surface
> High process stability through indirect grip detection
> Easy installation of the sensor through 3-Pol M8 plug (30 cm cable)
Ordering notes
> Sensor included in initial delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
Connection type Principle of operation Closing force on the jaw
tip [N]
GR04.110 PNP Double (dual) 23 0.81
Fittings GR04.197A (Page 145)
GR04.110/NPN NPN Double (dual) 23 0.81
-
+
BL
BW
BK
R
BK (OUT) = Black
BL- = Blue
BW+ = White
Sensor GR04.199
www.pa.com
+
-
BW
BL
BK
R
BK (OUT) = Black
BL- = Blue
BW+ = White
Dimensions
L
C
G
I
E
H
J
D
A
K
B
F
4
4
1
4 = Sensor slot 44 1 = Compressed air connection
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E F [mm] G [mm] H I [mm] J [mm] K L [mm]
GR04.110 45 25 84 28.5 M5 12 30 M5 5 18 M5 39
GR04.110/NPN 45 25 84 28.5 M5 12 30 M5 5 18 M5 39
Grippers | Notes

Notes:

www.pa.com
Grippers - compact
Grippers - compact
Product Description
> Secure gripping through jaws that close tip-first and have coarse teeth
> High process stability through indirect grip detection
> Easy installation of the sensor through 3-Pol M8 plug (30 cm cable)
> Sensor activates if no part has been gripped, Signal reversal (sensor activates if part has been gripped) possible by means of PNP inverter 20.530
Ordering notes
> Sensor included in initial delivery
> Further information on the NPN sensor on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Connection type Principle of operation Sensor Closing force on the jaw tip [N] Weight [oz] Suitable accessories
GR04.111A PNP Single Yes* 95 4.76
Sensor GR04.111A-Sensor
GR04.111A/NPN NPN Single Yes* 95 4.76
Sensor GR04.111A-Sensor-NPN
BN
BK
BU
BN = Brown, BK = Black, BU = Blue
4
+
-
pnp
1
4
3
Dimensions
E
A
E B
H
F
C
G
D
1
* = Grip detection works for parts having a diameter beyond 2 mm 1 = Compressed air connection
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G H
GR04.111A 42 26 76 20 19 23 M5 M4
GR04.111A/NPN 42 26 76 20 19 23 M5 M4
Grippers | Parallel grippers
Parallel grippers - compact
For pinpoint-accuracy in gripping, placing or inserting
Parallel gripper with customized gripper jaws
Product Description
> Dual-action for internal and external gripping
> Versatile application as it is suitable for customized gripper jaws (manufactured on request)
> High opening and closing force
> Optional parts monitoring
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Pressure
range [psi]
Closing force
at 87 psi [N]
Opening force
at 87 psi [N]
Max. jaw
opening [mm]
Total lift
[mm]
Weight
[oz]
Suitable accessories
GR04.114 29 - 116 94 104 25 2x3 1.52
Fittings GR04.189 (Page 147)
GR04.115 Double (dual) 29 - 116 120 134 32 2x4 3.03
GR04.116 Double (dual) 29 - 116 146 160 40 2x6 6
Max. forces and loads
F
My
Mx
Mz
GR04.114
50
2
2
2
0.5
2
2
2
GR04.115 GR04.116
[lbs]
F s [N]
Mx s [Nm]
My s [Nm]
Mz s [Nm]
F d [N]
Mx d [Nm]
My d [Nm]
Mz d [Nm]
m 0,2 s [g]
m 0,5 s [g]
m 0,02 s [g]
m 0,01 s [g]
50
20
15
10
70
4
4
4
0.7
4
4
4
70
30
20
--
120
6
6
6
1.2
6
6
6
120
40
--
--
> F s, Mx s, My s und Mz s: Maximum allowable load under static conditions,
i.e. stationary gripper jaws
> F d, Mx d, My d und Mz d: Maximum allowable load under dynamic conditions,
i.e. moving gripper jaws
> m: Maximum authorized mass [m] according to open-close time
www.pa.com
Dimensions
C
A
L
I
H
G
D
K
J
F
E
B
M
2
4
3
N
4 = Sensor slot for 4 mm standard sensor 44 2 = Pneumatic connection 22 3 = Pneumatic connection 33
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] H [mm] I [mm] J [mm] K [mm] L [mm] M N
GR04.114 26 17.8 37 34 8 10 17 3 4 4 3 20 M3 M3
GR04.115 32 21.8 46 43 10 12 22 4 5 5 4 25 M4 M5
GR04.116 40 25.8 56 51 12 16 28 6 6 6 4 32 M4 M5
Parallel grippers - standard
Product Description
> Optional parts monitoring
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Pressure range
[psi]
Closing force
at 87 psi [N]
Opening force
at 87 psi [N]
Total lift
[mm]
Max. jaw
opening
[mm]
Weight
[oz]
GR04.117-10 29 - 116 28 36 4.6 23.5 1.59
GR04.117-16 Double (dual) 29 - 116 86 100 6.8 31.5 3.46
GR04.117-20 Double (dual) 29 - 116 186 212 10.4 42.4 7.3
GR04.117-25 Double (dual) 29 - 116 254 282 14.4 53.2 12.87
www.pa.com
F
My
Mx
Mz
25
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
F s [N]
Mx s [Nm]
My s [Nm]
Mz s [Nm]
F d [N]
Mx d [Nm]
My d [Nm]
Mz d [Nm]
m 0,2 s [g]
m 0,07 s [g]
m 0,05 s [g]
m 0,02 s [g]
40
25
20
15
50
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.8
1.5
1.5
1.5
80
45
35
25
75
5
5
5
1.5
7
7
7
150
75
50
--
> F s, Mx s, My s und Mz s: Maximum allowable load under static conditions,
> F d, Mx d, My d und Mz d: Maximum allowable load under dynamic conditions,
i.e. moving gripper jaws
> m: Maximum authorized mass [m] according to open-close time
m 0,01 s [g]
125
8
8
8
2.5
8
8
8
250
100
--
--
10 -- -- --
GR04.117-10 GR04.117-16 GR04.117-20 GR04.117-25
Dimensions
E
D
C
B
A
I
H
G
L
K
J
F
N
O
M
3
S2
S2 S1
S1
2
Q
5 = Sensor slot for GR04.198 55 6 = Sensor slot for GR04.199 66 2 = Pneumatic connection 22 3 = Pneumatic connection 33
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] H [mm] I [mm] J [mm] K [mm] L M
[mm]
N
[mm]
O Q
GR04.117-10 23 16.4 30 57 12.5 5 15.3 2.3 4 3 5.7 M2,5 18 12 M3 M3
GR04.117-16 31 23.6 40 67 16.3 8 21.5 3.4 5 4 7 M3 22 15 M4 M5
GR04.117-20 42 27.6 50 85 21.5 10 26.4 5.2 8 5 9 M4 32 18 M5 M5
GR04.117-25 52 33.6 64 102.7 26.6 12 38.8 7.2 10 6 12 M5 40 22 M6 M5
Parallel gripper for long strokes - piston diameter 10 - 20 mm
Secure Handling of large workpieces
Product Description
> Stroke range from 20 to 100 mm
> High gripping force
> Optional grip detection
> Housing and jaws: aluminum
> Piston: brass
> Plunger, gear rack, bevel: steel
Technical Data
Item no.
GR04.510 GR04.510-1 GR04.510-2 GR04.516 GR04.516-1 GR04.516-2 GR04.520 GR04.520-1 GR04.520-2
Principle of
operation
Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual)
Medium
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Pressure range
[psi]
21.8 - 87 21.8 - 87 21.8 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87
Operating
temperature
[F]
23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158
Piston diameter
[mm]
10 10 10 16 16 16 20 20 20
Lift [mm]
20 40 60 30 60 80 40 80 100
Weight [oz]
9.88 12.35 15.17 21.16 28.22 33.51 35.27 52.91 59.97
Suitable
sensors
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
NEW
www.pa.com
Dimensions

S
T
P
R
0
,
5
*
*

O

N
L
M
W
W
c

F
C

D
A

E
M
5
x
0
,
8
M
5
x
0
,
8
LX*
a a
X
Y
Z
b
* = LX: Distance gripper jaws - workpiece ** = From GR04.520: U=1 a = Compressed air connection
Item no.
A [mm] 44 44 44 55 55 55 65 65 65
C M4x0.7x8 M4x0.7x8 M4x0.7x8 M4x0.7x10 M5x0.8x10 M5x0.8x10 M6x1x12 M6x1x12 M6x1x12
D [mm] 34 34 34 42 42 42 52 52 52
E [mm] 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 6.6 6.6
F [mm] M4x0.7x5 M4x0.7x5 M4x0.7x5 M5x0.8x7 M5x0.8x7 M5x0.8x7 M5x0.8x7 M6x0.8x7 M6x0.8x7
L [mm] 10 10 10 13 13 13 17 17 17
M [mm] 3 3 3 4 4 4 4.5 4.5 4.5
N [mm] 15 15 15 19 19 19 24 24 24
O [mm] 45.5 45.5 45.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 69 69 69
P [mm] 34 34 34 43 43 43 54 54 54
R M4x0.7 M4x0.7 M4x0.7 M5x0.8 M5x0.8 M5x0.8 M6x1 M6x1 M6x1
S [mm] 7 7 7 8 8 8 10 10 10
T [mm] 20 20 20 25 25 25 30 30 30
W open [mm] 90 132 170 116 188 228 147 247 287
W closed [mm] 70 92 110 86 128 148 107 157 187
X [mm] 51 67 85 60 90 110 71 113 133
Y [mm] 84 52 70 45 75 95 58 100 120
Z [mm] 38 54 72 40 70 90 54 96 116
b open [mm] 100 142 180 128 200 240 160 260 300
Diagrams
> Opening and closing strokes 10 - versions 1 & 2 > Opening and closing strokes 10 - Standard version
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
25
30
20
15
10
5
0
35
Distance gripper jaw - workpiece [mm]
40 80
6 bar
20 60
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
25
30
20
15
10
5
0
35
Distance gripper jaw - workpiece [mm]]
40 80
6 bar
20 60
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
50
40
30
20
10
0
80
6 bar
40
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
6 bar
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar 3 bar
2 bar 2 bar
20 60 100
60
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
50
40
30
20
10
0
80
6 bar
40
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
6 bar
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar 3 bar
2 bar 2 bar
20 60 100
60
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
100
80
60
40
20
0
80 140
6 bar
40 120
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
6 bar
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
20 60 100
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
100
80
60
40
20
0
80 140
6 bar
40 120
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
6 bar
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
20 60 100
www.pa.com
Secure Handling of large workpieces
Product Description
> Stroke range from 50 to 200 mm
> High gripping force
> Optional grip detection
> Housing and jaws: aluminum
> Piston: brass
> Plunger, gear rack, bevel: steel
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of
operation Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual)
Medium Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Filtered and
oiled /
unoiled air
Pressure range
[psi] 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87
Operating
temperature
[F]
23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158
Piston
diameter [mm] 25 25 25 32 32 32 40 40 40
Lift [mm]
50 100 120 70 120 160 100 160 200
Weight [oz]
59.97 88.18 98.77 102.29 134.04 165.79 186.95 241.63 278.66
Suitable
sensors
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
NEW
Dimensions

S
T
P
R
0
,
5
*
*

O

N
L
M
W
W
c

F
C

D
A

E
M
5
x
0
,
8
M
5
x
0
,
8
LX*
a a
X
Y
Z
b
* = LX: Distance gripper jaws - workpiece ** = From GR04.532: J=G1/8 a = Compressed air connection
Item no.
A [mm] 76 76 76 82 82 82 98 98 98
C M8x1.25x16 M8x1.25x16 M8x1.25x16 M8x1.25x16 M8x1.25x16 M8x1.25x16 M8x1.5x20 M8x1.5x20 M8x1.5x20
D [mm] 62 62 62 64 64 64 76 76 76
E [mm] 9 9 9 -- -- -- -- -- --
F [mm] M8x1.5x7 M8x1.5x7 M8x1.5x7 M8x1.5x13 M8x1.5x13 M8x1.5x13 M10x1.5x16 M10x1.5x16 M10x1.5x16
L [mm] 21 21 21 24 24 24 28 28 28
M [mm] 7 7 7 9 9 9 10 10 10
N [mm] 29 29 29 32 32 32 38 38 38
O [mm] 80 80 80 100 100 100 117 117 117
P [mm] 64 64 64 70 70 70 86 86 86
R M8x1.25 M8x1.25 M8x1.25 M10x1.5 M10x1.5 M10x1.5 M12x1.75 M12x1.75 M12x1.75
S [mm] 12 12 12 16 16 16 18 18 18
T [mm] 40 40 40 50 50 50 60 60 60
W open [mm] 178 310 348 250 348 432 324 442 522
W closed [mm] 128 210 228 180 228 272 224 282 322
X [mm] 88 142 160 110 158 202 148 206 246
Y [mm] 70 124 142 86 134 178 116 174 214
Z [mm] 66 120 138 -- -- -- -- -- --
b open [mm] 196 328 366 272 370 272 348 466 546
www.pa.com
Diagrams
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
160
120
80
40
0
160
6 bar
80
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
6 bar
40 120
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
160
120
80
40
0
160
6 bar
80
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
6 bar
40 120
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
250
200
150
100
50
0
160
6 bar
80
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
6 bar
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
40 120 200
300
1 bar
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
250
200
150
100
50
0
160
6 bar
80
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
6 bar
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
40 120 200
300
1 bar
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
500
400
300
200
100
0
200
6 bar
100
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
6 bar
5 bar 5 bar
4 bar 4 bar
3 bar 3 bar
2 bar
50 150
1 bar
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
500
400
300
200
100
0
200
6 bar
100
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
6 bar
5 bar 5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
50 150
1 bar
3-finger gripper - self-centering, double-acting
Safe and secure gripping of all kinds of parts
Product Description
> High gripping force of ~20 to > 600 N
> For customized gripper jaws
> Double-acting, can be used as internal or external gripper
> Robust design
> Optional sensor available for monitoring parts
Technical Data
Item no.
GR04.125-16 GR04.125-20 GR04.125-25 GR04.125-32 GR04.125-40 GR04.125-50 GR04.125-60 GR04.125-80
Principle of operation
Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual) Double (dual)
Medium Filtered and
oiled / unoiled
air
Filtered and
oiled / unoiled
air
Filtered and
oiled / unoiled
air
Filtered and
oiled / unoiled
air
Filtered and
oiled / unoiled
air
Filtered and
oiled / unoiled
air
Filtered and
oiled / unoiled
air
Filtered and
oiled / unoiled
air
Max. gripping force per
gripper jaw at 6 bar [N]
20 35 65 100 190 260 440 720
Working pressure [psi]
29 - 87 29 - 87 29 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87 14.5 - 87
Operating temperature
[F]
23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158 23 - 158
Piston diameter [mm]
16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80
Lift [mm]
2 2 3 4 5 6 8 10
Weight [oz]
2.19 3.46 4.9 8.47 12.49 19.12 35.27 65.26
Suitable sensors GR04.198
(Page 150)
GR04.198/NPN
(Page 150)
GR04.198
(Page 150)
GR04.198/NPN
(Page 150)
GR04.198
(Page 150)
GR04.198/NPN
(Page 150)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
GR04.199
(Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN
(Page 151)
www.pa.com
Dimensions
2
2
,5
G
A
(
H
9
)
H
E
B
BD
B
BB
B
A
BF
BG
S
NA
NB
AB
AC
A
** ***
*

* = Distance between the gripper jaw and the gripper (see gripper force diagrams) ** = Open pneumatic connection *** = Close pneumatic connection
Item no.
GR04.125-16 GR04.125-20 GR04.125-25 GR04.125-32 GR04.125-40 GR04.125-50 GR04.125-60 GR04.125-80
A [mm] 30 36 42 52 62 70 86 106
AB [mm] 32 35 37 41 44 52 62 77
AC [mm] 35 38 40 44 47 55 66 82
B [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 18 24 28
BA [mm] 5 6 6 8 8 10 12 14
BB [mm] 6 7 8 11 12 14 17 20
BD open [mm] 17 20 24 32 35 41 51 63.5
BD closed [mm] 15 18 21 28 31 35 43 53.5
BF [mm] 10 12 14 20 21 24 28 32
BG open [mm] 9 10.5 13 16.5 19.5 22 28.5 37.5
BG closed [mm] 7 8.5 10 12.5 14.5 16 20.5 27.5
EB [mm] 25 29 34 44 53 62 76 95
GA [mm] 2x2 2x2 3x3 3x3 4x4 4x4 5x5 6x6
H [mm] M3x0.5x4 M3x0.5x6 M4x0.5x7 M4x0.7x6 M5x0.8x7.5 M5x0.8x10 M6x1x9 M6x1x12
N1/N2 M3x0.5x11 M5x0.8x13 M5x0.8x15 M5x0.8 M5x0.8 M5x0.8 M5x0.8 G1/8
NA [mm] 11 13 15 16 17 20 22 27
NB [mm] 7 7 7 8 9 9 12 13.5
S [mm] M3x0.5x5 M3x0.5x5 M3x0.5x5 M4x0.7x8 M4x0.7x8 M5x0.8x10 M5x0.8x10 M6x1x12
Diagrams
> Gripping force piston diameter 16 mm > Gripping force piston diameter 20 mm
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
20
15
10
5
0
Distance X [mm]
20
6 bar
10
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
5 15 25 30
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
40
30
20
0
Distance X [mm]
40
6 bar
20
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
10 30
10
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
60
45
30
0
Distance X [mm]
40
6 bar
20
5 bar
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
10 30
15
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
80
60
40
0
Distance X [mm]
40
5 bar
20
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
1 bar
10 30 50
100
20
6 bar
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
200
150
100
0
Distance X [mm]
40
5 bar
20
4 bar
3 bar
2 bar
1 bar
10 30 50
50
6 bar
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

[
N
]
0
200
150
100
0
Distance X [mm]
40
5 bar
20
4 bar
3 bar
1 bar
10 30 50 60
250
50
2 bar
6 bar
www.pa.com
Grippers | Angular grippers
Angular grippers - standard
Product Description
> Optional part monitoring (sensor for round nut: GR04.198, sensor for T-nut: GR04.199)
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Pressure range
[psi]
Closing force at
87 psi [N]
Opening force
at 87 psi [N]
Total lift [] Weight [oz] Suitable accessories
GR04.118-10 Double (dual) 29 - 116 16 22 2x20 1.38
GR04.118-16 Double (dual) 29 - 116 72 90 2x20 3.1
GR04.118-20 Double (dual) 29 - 116 156 178 2x20 6.03
GR04.118-25 Double (dual) 29 - 116 320 356 2x20 10.58
F
My
Mx
Mz
GR04.118-10
40
0.4
0.5
0.5
GR04.118-16 GR04.118-20
F [N]
Mx [Nm]
My [Nm]
Mz [Nm]
60
1.2
0.9
0.9
100
1.5
2.2
2.2
> F, Mx, My und Mz: Maximum allowable load under static conditions,
GR04.118-25
100
2.2
2.2
2.2
Continued on the next page
Grippers | Angular grippers
Dimensions
KB
A
30
10
F
C
D H
G
I
E
J
L
2 3
5
5
6
6
M
5 = Sensor slot for GR04.198 55 6 = Sensor slot for GR04.199 66 2 = Open pneumatic connection 22 3 = Close pneumatic connection 33
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] H [mm] I J [mm] K [mm] L M
GR04.118-10 23 17 53 14 6.4 4 3 5.7 M2,5 18 12 M3 M3
GR04.118-16 31 24 64 19 8 7 4 7 M3 22 15 M4 M5
GR04.118-20 42 28 79 24 10 8 5.2 9 M4 32 18 M5 M5
GR04.118-25 52 33.6 93.6 37.5 12 10 8 12 M5 40 22 M6 M5
www.pa.com
Grippers | Expansion grippers
Expansion grippers Expander
Gentle gripping inside all conceivable hollow shapes for diameters from 4.5 to 8.7 mm
Product Description
> Long elastomer service life, rapid exchange when needed
> Optional: Regulation of the gripping force by limiting the feed pressure
Ordering notes
NBR elastomer (temperature-resistant up to 194 F) included in delivery
Silicone elastomer (very high life cycle, heat-resistant up to 392 F) optional
Technical Data
Item no.
For parts having an inner diameter from/to
[mm]
Optimal feed pressure [psi] Suitable accessories
GR04.204 4.5 - 5.4 116
NBR elastomer KIT-GR04.204-1
Silicone elastomer KIT-GR04.204-2
GR04.205 5.6 - 6.7 116
GR04.206 6.6 - 7.6 116
GR04.207 7.6 - 8.7 116
Dimensions
H
G
C
N
M
K
E
A
F
D
B
C
2
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] C2 [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G H K [mm] M [mm] N [mm]
GR04.204 4.5 5.4 40.9 38.4 12 9.9 7.4 M5 M10x1 3,75x45 13 3.5
GR04.205 5.6 6.7 41.7 39.2 12 11.2 8.7 M5 M10x1 3,25x45 13 3.5
GR04.206 6.6 7.6 42 39.5 12 11.5 9 M5 M10x1 2,75x45 13 3.5
GR04.207 7.6 8.7 42 39.5 12 11.5 9 M5 M10x1 2,4x45 13 3.5
Alternative to the classic grippers due to the gentle gripping from inside for diameters from 8 to 31.5 mm
Product Description
> Gripping by expansion with downward moved piston
> Standard design with coaxial pneumatic connection
> Elastomer EPDM included in the scope of delivery, quickly replaceable
> Gripping force is controlled by the feed pressure
> Options:
> Elastomer silicone, centering cone (GR04.N210 and beyond), grip detection (for up to two sensors GR04.201/PNP, 3-wire, 2.5 m cable, open end, sensor fastener
required)
> All grippers also available with side air fitting and throughhole
> All grippers also available with upward moved piston (-R)
Technical Data
Item no.
For parts having an inner
diameter from/to [mm]
Lifting force for smooth
surface [N]
Optimal feed pressure
[psi]
GR04.N208 8 - 11 15 116 0.53
EPDM elastomer GR04.208-1
Silicone elastomer GR04.208-2
GR04.N208-R 8 - 11 15 116 0.53
GR04.N210 10.5 - 14 30 116 0.56
Centering cone GR04.N210-K
GR04.N210-R 10.5 - 14 30 116 0.56
GR04.N212 13 - 17 50 116 0.6
GR04.N212-R 13 - 17 50 116 0.6
GR04.N214 15 - 19.5 65 116 0.6
GR04.N214-R 15 - 19.5 65 116 0.6
GR04.N218 19.5 - 25 80 116 0.99
GR04.N218-R 19.5 - 25 80 116 0.99
GR04.N222 24 - 31.5 90 116 1.52
GR04.N222-R 24 - 31.5 90 116 1.52
www.pa.com
Dimensions
C
E
A
H
G
I
J
F
B
D
C
E
A
D
I
J
H
G
B
M
N
F
1
1
1
= Compressed air connection
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G H I [mm] J [mm] M [mm] N [mm]
GR04.N208 8 11 59.2 14 7 3.5 M5 M12x1 14 5.5 -- --
GR04.N208-R 8 11 61.5 14 7 3.5 M5 M12x1 14 5.5 M3 1.1
GR04.N210 10.5 14 60.7 14 8.5 4.5 M5 M12x1 14 5.5 -- --
GR04.N210-R 10.5 14 62.5 14 8.5 4.5 M5 M12x1 14 5.5 M3 1.1
GR04.N212 13 17 62 14 10.5 5 M5 M12x1 14 5.5 -- --
GR04.N212-R 13 17 65 14 10.5 5 M5 M12x1 14 5.5 M3 1.3
GR04.N214 15 19.5 62.3 14 13 6 M5 M12x1 14 5.5 -- --
GR04.N214-R 15 19.5 68.5 14 13 6 M5 M12x1 14 5.5 M3 1.3
GR04.N218 19.5 25 70.5 18 16.5 9 M5 M12x1 14 5.5 -- --
GR04.N218-R 19.5 25 78 18 16.5 9 M5 M12x1 14 5.5 M5 1.8
GR04.N222 24 31.5 80 21.5 21 9 M5 M12x1 14 5.5 -- --
GR04.N222-R 24 31.5 86.5 21.5 21 9 M5 M12x1 14 5.5 M5 1.8
Elastomer replacement
EPDM [Included in delivery] Silicone
> Non-marking
> Heat resistant to 266 F
> Very long service life
Alternative to the classic grippers due to the gentle gripping from inside for diameters from 28 to 85 mm
Product Description
> Gripping by expansion with downward moved piston
> Standard design with coaxial pneumatic connection
> Elastomer EPDM included in the scope of delivery, quickly replaceable
> Gripping force is controlled by the feed pressure
> Options:
> Elastomer silicone, centering cone (GR04.N210 and beyond), grip detection (for up to two sensors GR04.201/PNP, 3-wire, 2.5 m cable, open end, sensor fastener
required)
> All grippers also available with side air fitting and throughhole
> All grippers also available with upward moved piston (-R)
Technical Data
Item no.
surface [N]
[psi]
GR04.N227 28 - 37 95 116 2.79
Sensor GR04.201/PNP (Page 152)
Sensor fastener KIT1-GR04.N227
GR04.N227-R 28 - 37 95 116 2.79
GR04.N233 34 - 45 100 116 4.16
GR04.N233-R 34 - 45 100 116 4.16
GR04.N241 42 - 54 190 116 9.88
GR04.N241-R 42 - 54 190 116 9.88
GR04.N251 54 - 68 230 116 17.28
www.pa.com
Technical Data
Item no.
surface [N]
[psi]
GR04.N251-R 54 - 68 230 116 17.28
GR04.N263 66 - 85 650 116 28.22
GR04.N263-R 66 - 85 650 116 28.22
Dimensions
C
E
A
H
G
I
J
F
B
D
C
E
A
D
I
J
H
G
B
M
N
F
1
1
1 = Compressed air connection
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G H I [mm] J [mm] M [mm] N [mm]
GR04.N227 28 37 98 25 26 14 G1/8 M17x1 20 8 -- --
GR04.N227-R 28 37 108 25 26 14 G1/8 M17x1 20 8 M5 2.58
GR04.N233 34 45 112 30 32.5 24 G1/8 M17x1 20 8 -- --
GR04.N233-R 34 45 119 30 32.5 24 G1/8 M17x1 20 8 M5 2.8
GR04.N241 42 54 142.5 40 39.5 14 G1/8 M27x1 30 11 -- --
GR04.N241-R 42 54 147 40 39.5 14 G1/8 M27x1 30 11 M5 4.5
GR04.N251 54 68 168 50 48 30 G1/8 M27x1 30 11 -- --
GR04.N251-R 54 68 169 50 48 30 G1/8 M27x1 30 11 G1/8 5
GR04.N263 66 85 198 60 61 36 G1/8 M27x1 30 11 -- --
GR04.N263-R 66 85 194 60 61 36 G1/8 M27x1 30 11 G1/8 5
Elastomer replacement
EPDM [Included in delivery] Silicone
> Non-marking
> Very long service life
Grippers | Finger grippers
Finger grippers
Finger grippers
Safe holding (rear gripping) of products
Product Description
> Can also be used in cramped available space due to its slim design
> High reliability thanks to robust design
> Two different angular positions
> Sensor-based grip detection possible
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Sensor
options
Closing
force [N]
Weight
[oz]
GR04.034 Single -- 24 0.88 Extension tube GR06.021A (P. 149), Centering element GR04.037 (P. 143), Stop element GR04.036 (P. 144)
GR04.035 Single -- 23 0.88 Extension tube GR06.021A (P. 149), Centering element GR04.037 (P. 143), Stop element GR04.036 (P. 144)
GR04.040 Single Yes 70 2.89
Extension tube GR06.022 (P. 149), Sensor GR04.198 (P. 150), Centering element GR04.047 (P. 143),
Stop element GR04.046 (P. 144), Sensor GR04.198/NPN (P. 150)
GR04.041 Single Yes 65 3.03
Extension tube GR06.022 (P. 149), Sensor GR04.198 (P. 150), Centering element GR04.047 (P. 143),
Stop element GR04.046 (P. 144), Sensor GR04.198/NPN (P. 150)
GR04.044 Single -- 70 2.12 Extension tube GR06.022 (P. 149), Centering element GR04.047 (P. 143), Stop element GR04.046 (P. 144)
GR04.045 Single -- 65 2.29 Extension tube GR06.022 (P. 149), Centering element GR04.047 (P. 143), Stop element GR04.046 (P. 144)
Dimensions
DE
9
5
B
C
A
1
9
5
B
C
A
E D
S
1
GR04.034 | GR04.044 GR04.040
B
3
5
A
E D
1
4
E
B
C
3
5
A
1
GR04.041 GR04.045 | GR04.035
4 = Sensor slot 44 1 = Compressed air connection
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D E
GR04.034 14 72 14 M5 M12x1
GR04.035 14 74 15 M5 M12x1
GR04.040 20 133 20 M5 M17x1
GR04.041 20 136 23 M5 M17x1
GR04.044 20 103 20 M5 M17x1
GR04.045 20 106 23 M5 M17x1
www.pa.com
Grippers | Needle grippers
Needle grippers GR04.740
Gentle gripping of textiles and fabrics
Product Description
> Alignment to different material thicknesses due to adjustable stroke
> Stroke corresponds to the maximum penetration depth of the needle
> Very short cycle times thanks to dual-action design
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of operation Needle diameter [mm] Lift [mm] Weight [oz] Suitable spare needle sets
GR04.740 Double (dual) 2 0-3 7.97 GR04.740N
Dimensions
H
D
G
F
E
C
B
I
A
1
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] H [mm] I
GR04.740 14 10 26 58 0-3 51-58 71 80 M5
Needle gripper GR04.700
Product Description
> Small needles, thereby low piercing depth
> Flat piercing elbow enables gripping of thin or flat components
> Needle plate can be replaced
> Needle stroke can be adjusted to textile thickness using a knurled screw
> Additional compressed air connection for blow-off function for short cycle times (A)
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Lift [mm] Number of
needles [Pcs.]
Needle
diameter [mm]
Max. feed
pressure [psi]
Max. operating
temperature
[F]
Weight
[oz]
GR04.700-20 0-2 32 0.7 101.5 140 4.02
Needle plate GR04.700-20N
Mounting GR07.040 (Page 166)
GR04.700-25 Double (dual) 0-2,5 32 0.7 101.5 140 4.02
Needle plate GR04.700-25N
Dimensions
A
C
D
B
d
1
E
F
G
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] d1 [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G
GR04.700-20 59 21 10 2 24 12 M4
GR04.700-25 35 59 21 10 2.5 24 12 M4
www.pa.com
Gentle gripping of textiles and heavy material
Product Description
> Central borehole (A) for inserting into rails or positioning pins for picking and placing
> Crossover of the needles in the middle for a secure hold
> Needles can be individually replaced
Ordering notes
Replacement needle plate GR04.710-75AN is non-stick coated
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Lift [mm] Number of
needles [Pcs.]
Needle
diameter
[mm]
Max. feed
pressure [psi]
Max. operating
temperature
[F]
GR04.710-25 0 - 2.5 10 2 29 - 116 14 - 140 8.47
Spare needle kit GR04.710-50N
GR04.710-50 Double (dual) 0 - 5 10 2 29 - 116 14 - 140 8.99
GR04.710-75 Double (dual) 0 - 7.5 10 2 29 - 116 14 - 140 10.62
Spare needle kit GR04.710-75AN
GR04.710-100 Double (dual) 0 - 10 10 2 29 - 116 14 - 140 10.97
Spare needle kit GR04.710-75AN
Dimensions
D
C
B
d
1
E
F

A
G
A
Item no.
A [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] d1 [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G
GR04.710-25 108 - 116.5 10 54 30 30 0 - 2.5 20 20 M5x8
GR04.710-50 116.5 - 134 10 54 30 30 0 - 5 20 20 M5x8
GR04.710-75 128 - 154 10 54 30 30 0 - 7.5 20 20 M5x8
GR04.710-100 138.5 - 173 10 54 30 30 0 - 10 20 20 M5x8
Product Description
> Flat piercing elbow enables gripping of thin components
> Needle stroke can be adjusted to the textile thickness using a knurled screw
Ordering notes
Replacement needle set available on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Lift [mm] Number of
needles [Pcs.]
Needle
diameter [mm]
Max. feed
pressure [psi]
Max. operating
temperature
[F]
Weight [oz] Suitable mounting
GR04.715-70 Double (dual) 0-7 6 2 29 - 116 14 - 140 6.88 GR07.042 (Page 167)
Dimensions
C
D
A
F
B
d
1
E
G
A
*
*
*
*
* = Bore hole M3: Separate retracting of the needles into item possible ** = Bore hole M3: Central extracting of the needles from the item
Item no.
A [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] d1 [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G
GR04.715-70 117-143 5.5 57 15 20 0 - 7 20 44 M5x2
www.pa.com
Product Description
> Central borehole (A) for inserting into rails or positioning pins for picking and placing
> Integrated spring element
> Needles can be individually replaced
Ordering notes
Replacement needle set available on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Lift [mm] Number of
needles [Pcs.]
Needle diameter
[mm]
Max. feed
pressure [psi]
Max. operating
temperature [F]
Weight [oz]
GR04.720-25 Double (dual) 0-2,5 10 2 29 - 116 14 - 140 17.35
GR04.720-50 Double (dual) 0-5 10 2 29 - 116 14 - 140 18.06
Dimensions
E
D
C

A
F
B
d
1
I
A
Item no.
A [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] d1 [mm] E [mm] F [mm]
GR04.720-25 20 151 38 85 0 - 2.5 38 9
GR04.720-50 131.5 - 149 20 151 38 85 0 - 5 38 9
Product Description
> Large needles can handle thick and heavy components
> Large needle stroke
> Integrated gripper tool (2 needle plates)
> Needle stroke can be adjusted
Ordering notes
Replacement needle plates available on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Lift [mm] Number of
needles [Pcs.]
Needle
diameter [mm]
Max. feed
pressure [psi]
Max. operating
temperature
[F]
GR04.725-60 Double (dual) 0 - 6 32 2 29 - 116 14 - 140 15.87 GR07.041 (Page 168)
GR04.725-90 Double (dual) 0 - 9 32 2 29 - 116 14 - 140 16.93 GR07.041 (Page 168)
Dimensions
A
E F
B
G
d
1
DC
I
H
L
G
1
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] d1 [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G H [mm] I [mm] L [mm]
GR04.725-60 135 70 38 35 0 - 6 22 9 M5x9 22 22 150
GR04.725-90 150 77 38 35 0 - 9 22 9 M5x9 22 22 164
www.pa.com
Product Description
> Gripping of thin and light parts by flat piercing needle
> Integrated gripper tool (2 needle plates)
> Needle stroke can be adjusted
Ordering notes
Spare needles on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Principle of
operation
Lift [mm] Number of
needles [Pcs.]
Needle
diameter
[mm]
Max. feed
pressure [psi]
Max.
operating
temperature
[F]
GR04.730-20 0-2 32 0.7 58 - 101.5 140 8.82 GR07.041 (Page 168)
Dimensions
I H
K
J
B
L
M
d
1
C D E
F
A
G
A 1
**
** = Stroke adjustment with knurled screw 1 = Compressed air connection
Item no.
A [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] d1 [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G H [mm] I [mm] J [mm] K [mm] L [mm] M [mm]
GR04.730-20 60 5.3 78.5 27.3 24 0 - 2 14 32 M5 7 13 15 30 29 55
Grippers | Magnetic grippers
Magnetic grippers
Magnetic grippers
Secure handling by permanent magnets
Product Description
> Secure handling also in the case of power failure thanks to permanent magnets
> No vacuum or compressed air supply or hose system necessary
> Energy saving as power is only needed for placing
> Easy installation in gripper systems by metric threads or using spring plungers
Technical Data
Item no.
Rated power
[W]
Gripping force
[N]
Residual
gripping force
[N]
Operating
voltage of the
switch-off coil
[V]
Power-on time [ED] Protection
class
Max. operating
temperature
[F]
Suitable fittings
MG35 4.6 70 <1 24 25% ED at < 2 min. IP65 176 270.448
MG55 9 300 <1 24 25% ED at < 2 min. IP65 176 270.449
MG70 13.3 750 <1 24 25% ED at < 2 min. IP65 176 270.450
Dimensions
A
B
G1
C
**
** = Holding surface
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] G1
MG35 35 30 5 M4
MG55 55 36 6 M5
MG70 70 45 8 M8
www.pa.com
Grippers | Notes

Notes:

Vacuum gripping systems | Vacuum gripping systems at a glance

Advantages / Benefits
Vacuum grippers:
> Finely graded series for the handling of dense or porous products
> Integrated vacuum generation
> Energy saving function as intelligent valve technology closes unused suction openings
> Contamination-proof design ensures high availability and process safety
> Suitable for fast cycle times
> Simple installation and operation
> Wide range of standard products as well as rapid implementation of customized solutions
Foam rubber mats:
> Long service life of the foam mats thanks to very high resistance to wear and high aging stability
> Wide range of foams for quick adaptation to different products
> Fast and non-destructive exchange of vacuum mats ensures high productivity with minimum down times
Application
> Automated handling processes: Palletizing, depalletizing, separation and sorting
> Safe operation Independent of material properties such as surface, porosity, size and weight
> Undened take-up positions
> High gripping exibility: one piece or entire product layer
> Under harsh conditions (dust, humidity, ...)
Industry examples:
> Packaging technology, timber, chemicals and building materials
Construction
> Integrated vacuum generation with ejectors, thereby ideally adaptable to the prevailing operating parameters
> External vacuum generation if required (side channel blowers for porous products: high volume ow)
> Aluminum plate for the take-up of the ejectors and vacuum meter
> Integrated bore-holes or patented valve system
> Vacuum mats, ideally matched with the workpiece to be handled
> Bore-hole diameter and distance between each hole can be adapted to the application
TL version: without valve technology (with flow resistors)
TC version: with valve technology
www.pa.com
Vacuum gripping systems | Customized vacuum gripper s
Advantages / Benefits
Customized vacuum grippers:
> Freely congurable, highly efcient ejector modules for exible and economic adaptation to the vacuum requirements of the
goods to be handled
> Wide range of side channel blowers as an energy-saving alternative, especially when handling materials with high porosity and
correspondingly high air demand
> Implementation of customized gripper sizes and functional extensions, such as release and/or vacuum control
> Flexible adjustment of the valve system for maximum process safety and reliability as well as long service life
> Design and delivery of individual gripper modules up to complete gripper systems for attachment to robots or to portal or crane
systems
Customized vacuum mats:
> Vacuum mats precisely adjustable to application thanks to variety of materials
> Highly wear- and aging-resistant
> Quick, non-destructive and residue-free replacement, when needed, of vacuum mats without tools or pre-handling
> Cost-effective initial investment as well as reduced operating costs
> Vacuum mats are perfectly matched to the FIPA range of vacuum grippers
> Fast and economic realization of individual sizes, qualities and hole patterns, also as an alternative t for major gripper
systems on the market
Grippers | Vacuum grippers
Vacuum grippers 70x70
Product Description
> Use in virtually all automated handling processes: Palletizing, depalletizing, separating, sorting
> TL Design: with flow resistors
> Fast and easy replacement of the foam mats
Ordering notes
Mounting elements for integration of vacuum grippers into gripper systems on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Air consumption at 87 psi
[scfm]
Suction power against
atmosphere [scfm]
Final vacuum [%] Weight [lbs] Suitable foam mat
TL70x70-3010 0.9 1.6 60 0.7 PPF70.70
TL70x70-5010 3.7 6.9 60 1.8 PPF70.70
Diagrams
> Holding force at 87 psi depends on the vacuum when working with different
permeable materials (values at 100% coverage of the vacuum gripper /
minimum 80% coverage recommended)
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

a
t

8
7

p
s
i

[
N
]
Vacuum [%]
0
0
40 60
60
50
40
30
20
10
20
semi-permeable,e.g. wood
porous, e.g. carton
semi-perme
non-permable, e.g. steel
ood
www.pa.com
Dimensions
14
14
7
7
,
2
70 70
4
2
,
2
87,5
2
0
20
10
a
b
c
d
a = Fixing with M4 screws b = 6 mm quick-fitting c = 20 mm foam rubber mat d = 9 boreholes
Product Description
> TL Design: with flow resistors
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
Air consumption at 87
psi [scfm]
atmosphere [scfm]
TL120x120-P20 8.4 14.2 60 3.1 PPF120.120
Diagrams
> Holding force at 87 psi depends on the vacuum when working with different
permeable materials (values at 100% coverage of the vacuum gripper /
minimum 80% coverage recommended)
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

a
t

8
7

p
s
i

[
N
]
Vacuum [%]
0
0
40 60
250
200
150
100
50
20
porous, e.g. carton
www.pa.com
Dimensions
120
1
1
0
48
120
48
20
2
0
10
171
b
a
c
d
Product Description
> TL Design: with flow resistor
> TC Design: with valve technology, allows unoccupied suction openings to be sealed, thereby saving energy
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
[scfm]
atmosphere [scfm]
TL120x230-P20 3.7 6.9 60 3.4 PPF120.230-P20
TL120x230-P40 3.7 6.9 60 3.4 PPF120.230-P40
TC120x230-P20 3.7 12.6 60 5.1 PPF120.230-P20
TC120x230-P40 3.7 6.9 60 5.1 PPF120.230-P40
Diagrams
> Holding force at 87 psi, depending on the vacuum when working with different permeable materials (values at 100% coverage of the vacuum gripper / 80%
coverage for TL design is recommended)
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

a
t

8
7

p
s
i

[
N
]
Vacuum [%]
0
0
40 60
450
300
350
400
250
200
100
50
150
20
porous, e.g. carton
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

a
t

8
7

p
s
i

[
N
]
Vacuum [%]
0
0
40 60
450
300
350
400
250
200
100
50
150
20
semi-permeable,
e.g. wood
porous, e.g. carton
TL120x230-P20 | TL120x230-P40 TC120x230-P20 | TC120x230-P40
www.pa.com
Dimensions
230
9
3
T
C
7
7
T
L
120
260
46
65
92
20
2
0

1
0
40
4
0
2
0
b
a
c
1
1
8
d
e
P20 P40
e = 15 boreholes
Product Description
> TL Design: with flow resistor
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
[scfm]
atmosphere [scfm]
TL120x400-P20 7.4 13.9 60 5.5 PPF120.400-P20
TC120x400-P20 7.4 12.6 60 7.8 PPF120.400-P20
TL120x400-P40 3.7 6.9 60 5.5 PPF120.400-P40
TC120x400-P40 3.7 12.6 60 7.8 PPF120.400-P40
Diagrams
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

a
t

8
7

p
s
i

[
N
]
Vacuum [%]
0
0
40 60
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
20
porous, e.g. carton
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

a
t

8
7

p
s
i

[
N
]
Vacuum [%]
0
0
40 60
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
20
porous, e.g. carton
www.pa.com
Dimensions
400 120
9
3
T
C
7
7
T
L
1
0
0
75
65
20
2
0
1
0
40
4
0
2
0
c
b
a
d
e
P20
P40
e = 30 boreholes
Product Description
> TL Design: with a flow resistor
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
[scfm]
atmosphere [scfm]
TL200x400-P20 14.7 27.7 60 8.6 PPF200.400-P20
TC200x400-P20 14.7 0.1 60 13.6 PPF200.400-P20
TL200x400-P40 7.4 27.7 60 8.6 PPF200.400-P40
TC200x400-P40 7.4 25.2 60 13.6 PPF200.400-P40
Diagrams
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

a
t

8
7

p
s
i

[
N
]
Vacuum [%]
0
0
40 60
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
20
porous, e.g. carton
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

a
t

8
7

p
s
i

[
N
]
Vacuum [%]
0
0
40 60
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
20
porous, e.g. carton
www.pa.com
Dimensions
20
2
0
1
0 40
4
0
2
0
400
200
9
3
T
C
7
7
T
L
1
0
0
80 75 162,5
c
b
a
d
e
P20 P40
e = 50 boreholes
Product Description
> TL Design: with a flow resistor
Ordering notes
Technical Data
Item no.
[scfm]
atmosphere [scfm]
TL160x600-P20 14.7 27.7 60 10.1 PPF160.600-P20
TC160x600-P20 14.7 0.1 60 15.9 PPF160.600-P20
TL160x600-P40 7.4 13.9 60 10.1 PPF160.600-P40
TC160x600-P40 7.4 25.2 60 15.9 PPF160.600-P40
Diagrams
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

a
t

8
7

p
s
i

[
N
]
Vacuum [%]
0
0
40 60
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
20
porous, e.g. carton
G
r
i
p
p
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e

a
t

8
7

p
s
i

[
N
]
Vacuum [%]
0
0
40 60
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
20
porous, e.g. carton
www.pa.com
Dimensions
20
2
0
1
0
40
4
0
2
0
600 160
9
3
T
C
7
7
T
L
1
0
0
65 75 262,5
c
b
a
d
e
P20
P40
e = 60 boreholes
Grippers | Customized grippers at a glance

> FIPA designs customized gripper tools exactly to your
specications
> They are either made using metal components or built up in
layers from polyamide-based, high-performance plastics
> Gripper tools that are tailor-made precisely to meet your
specications can therefore be made very quickly
FIPA Modular grippers
FIPA Insert Grippers
> Gripper tools for inserts such as threaded bushings
> Gripper shapes can be matched precisely to the component that is to be gripped
> Flexible operation systems available e.g. with a double pneumatic mechanism or vacuum-
operated
> Simple integration into the overall system using gripper components such as spring plungers or
clamps
> Further information starting on page 139
FIPA Modular Grippers
> Constructed using a polyamide-based, high-performance plastic
> Fast cycle times thanks to a gripper shape that can be adapted precisely to t the component
geometry and a lightweight design
> Reduced set-up times with integrated robot-gripper interface
> Reduced cycle times with integrated vacuum generation
> Minimized piping due to integrated media channels (pressure/vacuum)
> Combi-grippers available, e.g. pneumatic nger grippers with vacuum cup or vacuum gripper
> FDA-approved materials for direct contact with foodstuffs
> Cost-effective production, starting with a batch size of one
Typical applications for FIPA modular grippers
Customized gripper jaws for parallel
grippers
Grippers and extruded components made
from PA as an alternative or an addition to
classic aluminum designs
Grippers for use with Delta Robots
www.pa.com
Grippers | Customized grippers
Insert gripper - compressed-air controlled
Insert gripper - compressed-air controlled
Application example with insert part
Product Description
> Inserting customized threaded bushings thanks to internal gripping
> Precisely tailored to the workpiece
> Dual-action
> Connection via 10 mm clamp
> Housing material: brass, other materials on request
> Weight: 4.06 oz
Ordering notes
This product is a design example customized to customer specifications.
We would be pleased to develop a solution optimally customized to your requirements.
Dimensions

1
6
63

1
0
M5 b M5 a
a = Compressed air connection for extending the piston b = Compressed air connection for pulling in the piston
NEW
Insert gripper vacuum controlled
Insert gripper vacuum controlled
Application example with insert part
Product Description
> Handling of customer-specific inserts at the ends thanks to vacuum
> Alternative when internal or external gripping is not permitted
> Gripper diameter precisely adjusted to the workpiece
> Connection via spring plunger
> Weight: 3 oz
> Housing material: brass, other materials on request
> Suitable accessories: spring-loaded suction finger GR04.090A, angle clamp GR02.011A
> Patent pending
Ordering notes
Dimensions

1
6
20
G

1
/
8

a

1
2
a = Vacuum connection
NEW
www.pa.com
Grippers | Product configurator FIPA modular grippers
> FIPA modular grippers can be customized using single
components
> A variety of product variables are available for each
component
> So within a short time, a gripper can be constructed that
is exactly tailored to your requirements
Product congurator FIPA modular grippers
Component Product variables
ISO ange
> Connection to robots
> Labeling
> DIN and special hole pattern
Quick-change system
> No tools required for gripper exchange
> Media throughow (vacuum, pneumatic)
> Transfer of electrical signals
> Micro valve for media separation when decoupling the gripper
> Encoding
> Extrusion connection
> Media manifold
Drive unit
> Standard gripper
> Vacuum drives
> Angle drives
Shape outlines / shape cups
> Negative shape of the workpiece
> Gripper jaws with springs
> Spring-loaded gripper
> Integration of vacuum cups
W
e are happy to help you select the
right custom
ized gripper. Please ll-in the
questionnaire on page 284.
Modular gripper
Modular gripper
Product Description
> Handling of food here, chocolate bars
> Gripper is precisely tailored to the workpiece
> Connection to a Delta Robot
> Dual-action
> All components with FDA certification
> Material: polyamide-based high-performance plastic
Ordering notes
Dimensions
1
4
6
31 66
70
M
5
NEW
SUITABLE FOR
FOODSTUFFS
www.pa.com
Grippers | Accessories
Centering element for finger grippers
Centering element for finger grippers
Gentle centering of the finger grippers on the workpiece
Product Description
> Can be used in combination with a stop element
> Material: POM
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Suitable finger grippers
GR04.037 0.42
GR04.034 (Page 114)
GR04.035 (Page 114)
GR04.047 0.67
GR04.040 (Page 114)
GR04.041 (Page 114)
GR04.044 (Page 114)
GR04.045 (Page 114)
Dimensions
A
B
C
D
Item no.
GR04.037 14 25 24 45
GR04.047 20 32 31 50
Stop element for finger grippers
Stop element for finger grippers
Support / Stop for the component to be removed
Product Description
> Can be used in combination with a centering element
> Material: POM
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Suitable finger grippers
GR04.036 0.39
GR04.034 (Page 114)
GR04.035 (Page 114)
GR04.046 0.56
GR04.040 (Page 114)
GR04.041 (Page 114)
GR04.044 (Page 114)
GR04.045 (Page 114)
Dimensions
A
B
C
D
Item no.
GR04.036 14 18 34 16.5
GR04.046 20 24 45 14.5
www.pa.com
Mounting arm for gripper GR04.110
Mounting arm for gripper GR04.110
Connection of gripper GR04.110 with angle arms of modular gripper system
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR04.197A 1.66
Dimensions
C
B
A
G
EF
D
H
G
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] H [mm]
GR04.197A 55 80 30 45 30 5 5.5
> Installation example for gripper GR04.110 on fitting GR04.197A
Mounting arm for gripper GR04.111A
Mounting arm for gripper GR04.111A
Connection of gripper GR04.111A with angle arms of modular gripper system
Installation example: Gripper GR04.111A on fitting GR04.196A
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Suitable extension tube
GR04.196A 0.95 GR06.021A (Page 149)
Dimensions
C
E
A
D
F B
G
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm]
GR04.196A 42 26 14 55 19 19 4.5
www.pa.com
Mounting arm for parallel gripper - compact
Mounting arm for parallel gripper - compact
Suitable for parallel gripper GR04.114 to GR04.116
Application example parallel gripper GR04.116 on fitting GR04.191
Technical Data
Item no.
GR04.189 0.35
Extension tube GR06.021A (Page 149)
GR04.190 0.46 Extension tube GR06.021A (Page 149)
GR04.191 0.74
Dimensions
D
B
A
C
E
F
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C D [mm] E [mm] F [mm]
GR04.189 26 18 M12x1 20 3.5 20
GR04.190 32 22 M12x1 20 4.5 25
GR04.191 40 26 M17x1 20 4.5 32
Extension tubes for expansion grippers
Extension tubes for expansion grippers
Connection of expansion grippers with angle arms
Product Description
> Easy installation by air connection on the rear side
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR06.030 0.95
GR06.031 2.05
GR06.032 1.98
GR06.033 1.83
Dimensions
L
G
2
D
G
1
Item no.
D [mm] G1 [mm] G2 [mm] L [mm]
GR06.030 14 M10x1 M5 75
GR06.031 20 M12x1 M5 75
GR06.032 20 M14x1,5 M5 75
GR06.033 20 M16x1 M5 75
www.pa.com
Extension tubes
Extension tubes
Extension of clamping shafts and locator pins
Technical Data
Item no.
GR06.020 0.35 Centering element GR06.001 (Page 59)
GR06.021A 0.78
Centering element GR06.002A (Page 59)
Fitting GR04.190 (Page 147)
GR06.022 0.99
Fitting GR04.191 (Page 147)
Centering element GR06.003 (Page 59)
Dimensions
G
L
A
Item no.
A [mm] G L [mm]
GR06.020 10 M8x1 100
GR06.021A 14 M12x1 100
GR06.022 20 M17x1 100
Magnetic sensors for round nut
Magnetic sensors for round nut
Product Description
> Indirect parts monitoring via piston position monitoring
> Easy adjusting via control LED
> Design with 3-pole M8 plug-in connector
> Pole reversal protection
Technical Data
Item no.
Connection
type
Switching
time ON
[S]
Switching
time OFF
[S]
Operating
frequency
[KHz]
Operating
voltage
range [V]
Power
consumption
[W]
Protection
class
Switching
current [A]
Operating
temperature
[F]
Cable
length
[mm]
GR04.198 PNP 0.8 0.3 200 6 - 30 6 IP67 0.2 14 - 158 300
GR04.198/NPN NPN 0.8 0.3 200 6 - 30 6 IP67 0.2 14 - 158 300
Wiring diagram GR04.198
-
+
BL
BW
BK
R
BK (OUT) = Black
BL- = Blue
BW+ = White
Wiring diagram GR04.198/NPN
+
-
BW
BL
BK
R
BK (OUT) = Black
BL- = Blue
BW+ = White
www.pa.com
Magnetic sensors for T-nut
Magnetic sensors for T-nut
Product Description
> Indirect parts monitoring thanks to piston position monitoring
> Easy adjusting via control LED
> Design with 3-pole M8 plug-in connector
Technical Data
Item no.
Connection
type
Switching
time ON
[S]
Switching
time OFF
[S]
Operating
frequency
[KHz]
Operating
voltage
range [V]
Power
consumption
[W]
Protection
class
Switching
current [A]
Operating
temperature
[F]
Cable
length
[mm]
GR04.199 PNP 0.8 0.3 200 6 - 30 6 IP67 0.2 14 - 158 300
GR04.199/NPN NPN 0.8 0.3 200 6 - 30 6 IP67 0.2 14 - 158 300
Wiring diagram GR04.199
-
+
BL
BW
BK
R
BK (OUT) = Black
BL- = Blue
BW+ = White
+
-
BW
BL
BK
R
BK (OUT) = Black
BL- = Blue
BW+ = White
Magnetic sensors for expansion grippers
Magnetic sensors for expansion grippers
Product Description
> Indirect control of parts by monitoring of the piston position
> Simple to adjust with control LED
> 3-pin design, open-ended
Ordering notes
Sensor fitting required (see expansion grippers)
Technical Data
Item no.
Connection
type
Switching
time ON
[S]
Switching
time OFF
[S]
Operating
frequency
[KHz]
Operating
voltage [V]
Power
consumption
[W]
Protection
class
Switching
current [A]
Operating
temperature
[F]
Cable
length
[mm]
GR04.201/PNP PNP 0.8 0.3 200 6 - 30 6 IP67 0.2 14 - 158 2.5
GR04.201/NPN NPN 0.8 0.3 200 6 - 30 6 IP67 0.2 14 - 158 2.5
Wiring diagram GR04.201/PNP
-
+
BL
BW
BK
R
BK (OUT) = Black
BL- = Blue
BW+ = White
+
-
BW
BL
BK
R
BK (OUT) = Black
BL- = Blue
BW+ = White
www.pa.com
Plug connector M8/3-pin
Plug connector M8/3-pin
Item no.
Connection type Weight [oz]
20.527 Plug 0.18
20.528 Jack 0.18
Adapter plug
Product Description
> Adapter plug M8/3-pin jack on M8/4-pin plug
> Adapter plug M8/4-pin jack on M8/3-pin plug
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
M8B3 / M8S4 0.35
M8B4 / M8S3 0.35
Sensor tester
Sensor tester
Simple testing of sensors with the help of optical and acoustic signals
Product Description
> Universal application as it is suitable for PNP and NPN sensors
> Adapter plug for commercial sensors M8/3-pole and M8/4-pole
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
ST6 7.76
Sensor fitting
Universal integration of sensors
Product Description
> Universal mounting arrangements
> Large adjustment range with ball-and-socket joint
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
SH/M6 2.82
www.pa.com
PNP signal inverter
PNP signal inverter
Inverts the PNP signal, thereby e.g. signal activation for gripper GR04.091 if part is gripped
Product Description
> Suitable for all standard sensors
> Can be retrofitted quickly and easily
> Higher operating temperature range
> Status and switching output display
> Compact design
Technical Data
Item no.
Connection
type
Connection Max.
ampacity
[mA]
Operating
voltage [V DC]
Current
consumption
[mA]
Max.
switching
frequency
[Hz]
Ambient air
temperature
[F]
Minimum
pulse
duration [ms]
Protection
class
20.530 PNP M8x1 200 10 - 35 < 20 3500 -13 - 158 0.1 IP67
Plug assignment
Coupling
M8
Connector
M8
1 BN (S)
WH 2 (S) 4 BK (S)
BN 1
3 BU
4 BK
BU 3
Dimensions
8
M
8
x
1
37
1
0
1
2
51
M
8
x
1

1
0
50 32 50
36
10 10
1
0
.
5
R20
a
b
a = LED status b = LED Switching output
NEW
PNP - NPN signal inverter
PNP - NPN signal inverter
Assignment of PNP-sensors in NPN circuit
Product Description
> Integration of grippers with PNP-sensors in NPN circuits
> Suitable for all common sensors
> Quick and easy retrofitting
> High temperature range
> Status and operation indicator
> Compact design
Technical Data
Item no.
Input signal Output signal Connection Operating
voltage [V DC]
Current
consumption
[mA]
Max.
switching
frequency
[Hz]
Ambient air
temperature
[F]
Minimum
pulse
duration [ms]
Protection
class
20.531 PNP NPN M8x1 10 - 35 < 20 5000 -13 - 158 > 0,1 IP67
Plug assignment
Coupling
M8
Connector
M8
1 BN (S)
WH 2 (S) 4 BK (S)
BN 1
3 BU
4 BK
BU 3
Dimensions
8
M
8
x
1
37
1
0
1
2
51
M
8
x
1

1
0
50 32 50
36
10 10
1
0
.
5
R20
a
b
a = LED status b = LED Switching output
NEW
www.pa.com
Extension cable for sensors
Extension cable for sensors
Electric connection between sensor pliers and robot controller
Product Description
> One side: 3-pin M8, other side: open cable end
> 3-pin M8 plug enables quick replacement of sensors or sensor pliers, without changing the cable
Technical Data
Item no.
Cable length [mm]
20.503 2500
Connection cables, 4-wire
Technical Data
Item no.
Contact Bauart Cable length [mm]
20.501 M8, 4-pin, female Straight 5000
20.502 M8, 4-pin, female 90 elbow 5000
20.518 M12, 4-pin, female Straight 2000
20.519 M12, 4-pin, female 90 elbow 2000
Light sensor
Light sensor
Light sensor for parts monitoring M18 design
Product Description
> Switchable: Light switching (signal when object is present), dark switching (signal when no object is present)
> Infrared light, clocked
> Plug-in connector 4-pole M12
> Adjustable sensitivity
> LED switching status display
> Output PNP or NPN, 100 mA, NO/NC switchable
> Robust metal housing
Technical Data
Item no.
Adjustable
range [mm]
Operating
voltage [V]
Protection
class
Current
consumption
[mA]
Max.
operating
frequency
[Hz]
Rise / fall
time [ms]
Immunity to
ambient light
[Lx]
Tansmittor light,
cycled [nm]
Ambient air
temperature
[F]
LT19 0-400 6 - 30 IP67 <30 1000 0.5 >10.000
Infrared light, 880;
Redlight, 660
-13 - 131
LT19/NPN 0-400 6 - 30 IP67 <30 1000 0.5 >10.000
Infrared light, 880;
Redlight, 660
-13 - 131
BN
BK
BU
4
+
-
pnp
1
4
3
npn
Dimensions
M
1
8
x
1
4,5 30
54,5
M
1
2
NEW
www.pa.com
Light sensor
Light sensor
Light sensor for parts monitoring M18 design with background suppression
Product Description
> Light switching (signal when object is present)
> Infrared light, clocked
> Plug-in connector 4-pole M12
> Adjustable sensitivity
> LED switching status display
> Output transistor, 200 mA
> Robust metal housing
> Any location of installation
Ordering notes
Delivery incl. two mounting nuts. Maximum breakaway torque 20 N m.
Technical Data
Item no.
Adjustable
range [mm]
Operating
voltage [V]
Protection
class
Current
consumption
[mA]
Max.
operating
frequency
[Hz]
Rise / fall
time [ms]
Immunity to
ambient light
[Lx]
Tansmittor
light, cycled
[nm]
Ambient air
temperature
[F]
LT18OHT 0-400 10 - 36 IP67 < 25 500 < 1 >10.000 Redlight, 660 -13 - 131
LT18OHT/NPN 0-400 10 - 36 IP67 < 25 500 < 1 >10.000 Redlight, 660 -13 - 131
BN
BK
BU
4
+
-
pnp
1
4
3
npn
Dimensions
M
1
2
x
1
42
63,5
M
1
8
x
1
NEW
Sensor-relay-switchbox
Sensor-relay-switchbox
Sensor signal processor for robust controller
Product Description
> Reduction of the necessary inputs on the robot control via bundling (series switching logic AND) of several sensor signals
> 6 inputs PNP, NPN or potential-free contact (NO or NC)
> 6 outputs PNP, NPN or potential-free contact (NO )
> Input LED for simplified troubleshooting
> Direct assembly on SLine/MLine extrusions (channel nuts and bolts included in delivery)
> Connection of several switch boxes possible if more than 6 signals are to be processed
Ordering notes
Switch box with 8 and 12 inputs/outputs on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. number of inputs Max. number of outputs Operating voltage [V] Protection class Weight [oz]
GR04.300 6 6 24 IP65 6.03
Dimensions
F
D
A
E B
C
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm]
GR04.300 94 65 57 79 50 25
www.pa.com
Signal bundler with and/or logic
Product Description
> Low space requirements due to compact design
> Suitable for all commercially available sensors
Technical Data
Item no.
Connection type Operating voltage [V] Protection class Logic Weight [oz]
20.524 PNP / NPN 24 IP67 2x or 0.53
20.525 PNP 24 IP67 2x and 0.53
20.525/NPN NPN 24 IP67 2x and 0.53
Dimensions
A C
B
a
b
a = Plug, 3-pin M8x1 b = Jack, 3-pin M8x1
Item no.
20.524 45 35 15
20.525 45 35 15
20.525/NPN 45 35 15
Product Description
> Low space requirements due to compact dimensions
> Universal application as it is suitable for all standard sensors
Technical Data
Item no.
Connection type Operating voltage range
[V]
Protection class Logic Weight [oz]
20.526 PNP 10 - 35 IP67 2x and/or 0.88
Dimensions
A D
C
B
E
E
F
G
a
b
a = Plug, 3-pin M8x1 b = Jack, 3-pin M8x1
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm]
20.526 45 25 10 45 4.5 8 4.2
www.pa.com
Product Description
> Suitable for all commercially available sensors
> Reversable and/or logic elements
Technical Data
Item no.
Connection type Operating voltage range
[V]
Protection class Logic Weight [oz]
20.529 PNP 10 - 30 IP67 4x and / or 1.76
Dimensions
A
B E
D
C

F
a
b
a = Jack, 3-pin M8x1 b = Plug, 3-pin M12x1
Item no.
20.529 86 30 16 79 23 3.4
Multi-pin distributor
Hook-up of sensor signals for transmission to the robot controller
Product Description
> Transmission of up to 12 sensor signals
> For connection to PNP and NPN sensors and for 2-pole actuators
> Input via 3-pole M8x1 plug
> Switch status display over yellow LED
> Common output:
20.540: 8-pole M12 plug, 1.9 m, open end
20.541 and 20.542: 15-pole D-sub-plug, cable length 2 m, open end
Ordering notes
Multi-pin distributor without and/or logic. In the case of necessary pooling of signals e.g. due to limited slots in the controller, signal bundlers 20.524, 20.525, 20.029 or
the sensor-relay-switchbox GR04.300 are available as an option
Please note for connection types NPN: for 20.541 and 20.542 the LEDs are not flashing on the distributor
Technical Data
Item no.
Number of slots M8 Power supply [V]
20.540 5 24
20.541 8 24
20.542 12 24
Pin assignment: M8 jack according to IEC 947-5-2
> Slot 0-7, or 0-11:
Signal line: jack 4
DC 24 V: jack 1
0 V: jack 3
NEW
www.pa.com
Dimensions
A
B
C
D
E
F
Item no.
20.540 85 25 75 3.1 12.5 25.45
20.541 98 45 90 4.3 15.1 19.6
20.542 125.6 45 117.6 4.3 15.1 19.6
Mounting plate for needle gripper GR04.700 and GR04.710
Mounted needle gripper of series GR04.700 and GR04.710 on SLine and MLine extrusion systems or on spring-loaded
suction fingers
Installation example for needle gripper GR04.700 on spring-loaded suction finger
or SLine extrusion system
Product Description
> 2 boreholes for M5, mounting on extrusion
> 1 borehole for sealing plug 77.009
Ordering notes
Bolts and seal plug included in delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Suitable suction fingers
GR07.040 0.74
GR03.090A (Page 70)
GR03.091A (Page 70)
GR03.130A (Page 71)
GR03.131A (Page 71)
Dimensions
F E
E
G
B
D A
C

H
J
H
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] H [mm] J [mm]
GR07.040 60 35 8 50 20 12 24 5.5 10
NEW
www.pa.com
Mounting bracket for needle gripper GR04.715
Mounting bracket for needle gripper GR04.715
Mounted needle gripper of series GR04.715 on the SLine and MLine extrusion systems or on spring-loaded suction fingers
or SLine extrusion system
Product Description
> 2 boreholes for DIN 912-M5, mounting on extrusion with channel nuts
> 1 borehole for sealing plug 77.009, mounting on spring-loaded suction finger
Ordering notes
Bolts and channel nuts included in delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
GR07.042 0.39
GR03.090A (Page 70)
GR03.091A (Page 70)
GR03.130A (Page 71)
GR03.131A (Page 71)
Dimensions
AE
B
C
D
G
F
K
H
L
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] H [mm] J [mm] K [mm] L [mm]
GR07.042 35 20 25 3 25 20 10.5 19 5.5 10 M5
NEW
Mounted needle gripper of series GR04.725 und GR04.730 on the FIPA SLine and MLine extrusion systems or on spring-
loaded suction finger
or FIPA SLine extrusion system (installation is identical to the series GR04.725 and
GR04.730)
Product Description
> 2 boreholes for M5, mounting on extrusion
> 1 borehole for sealing plug 77.009, mounting on spring-loaded suction finger
Ordering notes
Bolts and seal plug included in delivery
Technical Data
Item no.
GR07.041 0.95
GR03.090A (Page 70)
GR03.091A (Page 70)
GR03.130A (Page 71)
GR03.131A (Page 71)
Dimensions
F E
E
G
B
D A
C

H
J
H
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] H [mm] J [mm]
GR07.041 60 45 8 50 22 14 32 5.5 10
NEW
www.pa.com
Air nippers | Content
Air nippers at a glance ....................................................................................... 170
Air nippers for manual operation ......................................................... 171
Air nippers for automation ............................................................................... 172
Pressure boosters .................................................................................................. 175
Stationary air nippers ......................................................................................... 176
Air shears .................................................................................................................. 184
Selection assistant blade shape .................................................................... 186
Blades for plastics ............................................................................................ 190
Blades for metal ................................................................................................ 197
Blades for stationary nippers .................................................................. 202
Blades for air shears ....................................................................................... 208
Blades for special air shears..................................................................... 209
Accessories ............................................................................................................... 211
Air nippers | At a glance

> Comprehensive range of manual or automatic air
nippers and associated nipper attachments
> Air nippers are used, for example, for pinching off
plastic gates during or after injection molding
> Further areas of application include cutting metal
wire as well as being used as air shears for special
plastics or textiles
> Special blades available on request
FIPA air nippers
Air nippers for manual operation and automation
> Flexible assembly onto gripper systems and cutting stations
> For pinching off plastic gates as well as cutting metal wire
> Broad selection of associated ttings
> Cutting force increased by pressure booster
Stationary air nippers with/without stroke
> Flexible assembly in cutting stations and special devices
> Small and light, for simple set-up in small spaces
> Optional horizontal or vertical feed stroke for precise approach to the gate
> Also available with reverse stroke movement (-R)
Air shears, e.g. for special plastics and textiles
> Double action execution: No cutting return spring required, so no interruption of cutting process
> Freely selectable cutting speed
> Quick cycle times
Construction and assembly of complete cutting stations
> Gripper and cutting systems assembled from aluminum extrusions SLine, MLine, or XLine
> Complete provision from one single source
Air nippers | Air nippers for manual operation
Air nippers round, single-acting
Manually operated air nipper
Product Description
> Ergonomic thanks to small size and weight, thereby high cutting force
> Flexible application thanks to large range of available blades
> Single-action with safety catch
> Including shut-off valve for shutting off air supply (GT-N20, GT-N30, GT-N50)
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. cutting force [N] Operating pressure
[psi]
Height blade [mm] Connection [G] Weight [oz] Pressure amplifier
GT-N3 294 58 - 72.5 7 G1/4 3.53 --
GT-N5 392 58 - 72.5 7 G1/4 4.94 --
GT-N7 490 58 - 72.5 9 G1/4 6.7 --
GT-N10 588 58 - 87 12 G1/4 7.05 P-10L (Page 175)
GT-N12 735 72.5 - 87 12 G1/4 7.76 P-10L (Page 175)
GT-N20 1.372 72.5 - 87 12 G1/4 15.17 P-20 (Page 175)
GT-N30 2.744 72.5 - 87 17 G1/4 24.16 P-30 (Page 175)
GT-N50 4.704 72.5 - 87 25.2 G1/4 0.04 P-50 (Page 175)
Dimensions
L
A
B
P
Item no.
A [mm] B L [mm]
GT-N3 23 G1/4 112
GT-N5 30 G1/4 103
GT-N7 34 G1/4 123
GT-N10 34 G1/4 132
GT-N12 36 G1/4 132
GT-N20 45 G1/4 156
GT-N30 56 G1/4 193
GT-N50 75 G1/4 237
BLADES NOT INCLUDED IN DELIVERY.
FOR SUITABLE BLADES PLEASE SEE PAGE 186
www.pa.com
Air nippers | Air nippers for automation
Flexible installation on gripper systems and cutting stations
Product Description
> Flexible adjustment of the blade at the cutting position
> Flexible installation thanks to round housing shape and two air connections (one can be rotated around 180)
> Light aluminum housing
Item no.
Max. cutting force
[N]
Operating pressure
[psi]
Height blade [mm] Connection [G] Weight [oz] Suitable accessories
GT-NR3 294 58 - 72.5 7 G1/8 2.47 --
GT-NR5 392 58 - 72.5 7 G1/8 3.88 --
GT-NR7 490 58 - 72.5 9 G1/8 5.29 --
GT-NR10L 588 58 - 87 12 G1/8 5.64
Fittings GT-NR20GR (Page 211)
Fittings GT-NR10H (Page 212)
Pressure amplifier P-10L (Page 175)
GT-NR20 1.372 72.5 - 87 12 G1/8 9.88
Fittings GT-NR30GR (Page 211)
Fittings GT-NR20ST2 (Page 213)
Fittings GT-NR20S (Page 214)
Pressure amplifier P-20 (Page 175)
GT-NR30 2.744 72.5 - 87 17 G1/8 17.99
Fittings GT-NR30ST2 (Page 213)
Fittings GT-NR30S (Page 214)
GT-NR50 4.704 72.5 - 87 25.2 G1/4 0.04
Dimensions
A
C
D
L
B
B
P
Item no.
A [mm] B C [mm] D L [mm]
GT-NR3 23 G1/8 17 M3 110
GT-NR5 30 G1/8 20 M4 94
GT-NR7 34 G1/8 22 M4 113
GT-NR10L 36 G1/8 24 M4 113
GT-NR20 45 G1/8 30 M5 129
GT-NR30 56 G1/8 40 M6 165
GT-NR50 75 G1/4 50 M8 222
Air nippers square, single-acting
Air nippers square, single-acting
Flexible installation in cutting stations and special devices
Product Description
> Precise guidance for cutting
> Flexible installation though fastening holes on five surfaces of the housing
> Higher stability in devices for large workpieces
> Two air connections (one can be rotated around 180)
> Light aluminum housing
> GT-NS20H-1: Air nipper with adjustable cutting opening
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. cutting force [N] Operating pressure
[psi]
Height blade [mm] Connection [G] Weight [oz] Pressure amplifier
GT-NS2 264 58 - 72.5 7 G1/8 3 --
GT-NS3 294 58 - 72.5 7 G1/8 3.35 --
GT-NS5 392 58 - 72.5 7 G1/8 4.76 --
GT-NS7 490 58 - 72.5 9 G1/8 7.58 --
GT-NS10L 588 58 - 87 12 G1/8 7.58 P-10L (Page 175)
GT-NS20 1.372 72.5 - 87 12 G1/8 13.05 P-20 (Page 175)
GT-NS20H-1 1.372 72.5 - 87 12 G1/8 16.05 P-20 (Page 175)
GT-NS30 2.744 72.5 - 87 17 G1/8 24.16 P-30 (Page 175)
Dimensions
L
G
E
A
E
I
J K
H
H
F
P
1 = Compressed air connection G1/8
Item no.
A [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] H [mm] I J [mm] K L [mm]
GT-NS2 40 19 24 16 -- -- M3x4 109
GT-NS3 23 40 19 24 19 M3x8 17 M3x3,5 110
GT-NS5 30 30 14 19 24 M4x10 20 M3x5 94
GT-NS7 36 30 18 23 28 M4x10 24 M4x5,5 113
GT-NS10L 36 30 18 23 28 M4x10 24 M4x5,5 113
GT-NS20 45 40 19 24 36 M5x12 30 M4x7 129
GT-NS20H-1 45 40 19 24 36 M5x12 30 M4x7 129
GT-NS30 56 60 20 30 46 M6x12 40 M5x10 170
www.pa.com
Air nippers round/rectangular, dual-action
Air nippers round/rectangular, dual-action
Flexible installation in cutting stations and special equipment
Product Description
> Slim design
> No cutting return spring necessary, meaning no interruption to the cutting process
> Freely adjustable cutting speed
> Fast cycle times
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. cutting force [N] Operating pressure [psi] Housing Weight [oz]
GT-NWR1 294 58 - 72.5 Round 4.09
GT-NWR10 588 58 - 72.5 Round 9.88
GT-NWR20 1372 72.5 - 87 Round 18.45
GT-NWR30 2744 72.5 - 87 Round 34.57
GT-NWS1 294 58 - 72.5 Rectangular 4.09
GT-NWS10 588 58 - 72.5 Rectangular 12.56
GT-NWS20 1372 72.5 - 87 Rectangular 21.52
Dimensions

A
L

A
I
P
L
GT-NWR1 | GT-NWR10 | GT-NWR20 | GT-NWR30 GT-NWS1 | GT-NWS10 | GT-NWS20
Item no.
A [mm] L [mm]
GT-NWR1 20 95
GT-NWR10 36 146
GT-NWR20 45 156
GT-NWR30 65 216
GT-NWS1 23x20 95
GT-NWS10 36x36 146
GT-NWS20 45x45 165
NEW
Air nippers | Pressure boosters
Pressure booster for air nippers GT-N, GT-NR, GT-NS
Pressure booster for air nippers GT-N, GT-NR, GT-NS
Product Description
> Pressure booster for retrofitting
> Increase in cutting force if the required cutting force cannot be achieved (e.g. due to space or available compressed air)
Ordering notes
Order example air nipper GT-N20 incl. booster P20: GT-NP20
Technical Data
Item no.
Total cutting force [N] Weight [oz] Suitable accessories
P-10L 980 3.88
Air nippers GT-NR10L (Page 172)
Air nippers GT-NS10L (Page 173)
Air nippers GT-N10 (Page 171)
P-20 2254 7.34
Air nippers GT-NR20 (Page 172)
Air nippers GT-NS20 (Page 173)
P-30 4410 11.11
Air nippers GT-NS30 (Page 173)
P-50 7742 27.37
Dimensions
L
A
Item no.
A [mm] L [mm]
P-10L 36 71
P-20 45 87
P-30 56 92
P-50 75 133
www.pa.com
Air nippers | Stationary air nippers
Stationary air nippers, horizontal without stroke
Stationary air nippers, horizontal without stroke
For cutting stations and special machines
Product Description
> Lightweight and compact, for easy assembly in confined areas
> Mounting holes on three sides
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. cutting force [N] Operating pressure [psi] Max. opening for cutting
[mm]
Pipe connection [mm] Weight [oz]
GT-NF05 343 58 - 72.5 4 4 3.56
GT-NF10 490 58 - 72.5 6 4 5.04
GT-NF15 784 58 - 72.5 8 4 7.72
Dimensions
K
J
F
A
I
E
D
C
B
G
H
H
P
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] H I [mm] J [mm] K [mm]
GT-NF05 59.9 23 39.5 8.6 25.9 17 26 M3 21.9 17 18
GT-NF10 65.1 28 43.5 8.8 27.1 20 30 M3,5 23.1 20 22
GT-NF15 73 33 48.5 10.2 29 25 34 M4 25 25 26
Stationary air nippers, horizontal with stroke
Product Description
> Horizontal, adjustable stroke enables straight cutting of product
> Precise and compact. Ideal for use in restricted space
> Version with opposing stroke also available (-R)
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. cutting force [N] Max. stroke [mm] Operating pressure
[psi]
Pipe connection with
hose nippel [mm]
Pipe connection with
quick connect fittings
[mm]
Weight [oz]
GT-NY05 343 3 58 - 72.5 2 -- 5.47
GT-NY05R 343 3 58 - 72.5 2 -- 5.47
GT-NY05-4 343 3 58 - 72.5 -- 4 5.47
GT-NY05R-4 343 3 58 - 72.5 -- 4 5.47
GT-NY10 490 3 58 - 72.5 2 -- 7.41
GT-NY10R 490 3 58 - 72.5 2 -- 7.41
GT-NY10-4 490 3 58 - 72.5 -- 4 7.41
GT-NY10R-4 490 3 58 - 72.5 -- 4 7.41
GT-NY15 784 3 58 - 72.5 2 -- 11.25
GT-NY15R 784 3 58 - 72.5 2 -- 11.25
GT-NY15-4 784 3 58 - 72.5 -- 4 11.25
GT-NY15R-4 784 3 58 - 72.5 -- 4 11.25
GT-NY25-6 980 5 72.5 - 87 4 -- 20.46
GT-NY25R-6 980 5 72.5 - 87 4 -- 20.46
GT-NY25-4 980 5 72.5 - 87 -- 6 20.46
GT-NY25R-4 980 5 72.5 - 87 -- 6 20.46
www.pa.com
Dimensions
E F
A
D
C
H
G
B
P2
P1
*
2 = Compressed air connection for cutting 22 3 = Compressed air connection for lifting 33 * = Lifting movement
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G [mm] H
GT-NY05 23 48 8.6 41 25 15 M4
GT-NY05R 75.9 23 48 8.6 41 25 15 M4
GT-NY05-4 75.9 23 48 8.6 41 25 15 M4
GT-NY05R-4 75.9 23 48 8.6 41 25 15 M4
GT-NY10 82.1 28 52 8.8 42 30 20 M4
GT-NY10R 82.1 28 52 8.8 42 30 20 M4
GT-NY10-4 82.1 28 52 8.8 42 30 20 M4
GT-NY10R-4 82.1 28 52 8.8 42 30 20 M4
GT-NY15 93 33 58 10 48 35 25 M4
GT-NY15R 93 33 58 10 48 35 25 M4
GT-NY15-4 93 33 58 10 48 35 25 M4
GT-NY15R-4 93 33 58 10 48 35 25 M4
GT-NY25-6 109 42 69 13 55 40 30 M5
GT-NY25R-6 109 42 69 13 55 40 30 M5
GT-NY25-4 109 42 69 13 55 40 30 M5
GT-NY25R-4 109 42 69 13 -- 40 30 M5
Stationary air nipper, horizontal with forwards/backwards stroke
Stationary air nipper, horizontal with forwards/backwards stroke
Product Description
> Forwards and backwards stroke can be controlled separately
> No play thanks to precision prismatic guiding
> With quick plug-in connection for hose connection.
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. cutting force [N] Stroke [mm] Operating pressure [psi] Hose diameter D [mm] Weight [oz]
GT-NY10S 343 0 - 3.5 58 - 72.5 4 10.58
GT-NY25S 980 0 - 5 72.5 - 87 6 24.52
Dimensions
A
D
B
C
H
K
J
J
I
a
b
a = Compressed air connection for backward movement b = Compressed air connection for forward movement
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] H I [mm] J [mm] K [mm]
GT-NY10S 32 55 8.8 4xM4 38 30 20
GT-NY25S 106.5 47 72 12.5 4xM5 47 40 30
NEW
www.pa.com
Product Description
> Horizontal, adjustable stroke enables planar cutting on workpiece
> Precise cut thanks to dovetail guide in the stroke axis
> High cutting force for large die casts
> Two versions (guided and non-guided)
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. cutting force
[N]
Stroke [mm] Stroke (with guidance)
[mm]
Direction Connection [G] Weight [oz]
GT-NB20-5S 1.372 0 - 5 -- Impulse G1/8 26.63
GT-NB20-5Z 1.372 0 - 5 -- String G1/8 26.63
GT-NB20-10S 1.372 0 - 10 -- Impulse G1/8 26.63
GT-NB20-10Z 1.372 0 - 10 -- String G1/8 26.63
GT-NB30-10Z 2.744 0 - 10 -- String G1/8 50.62
GT-NB20LW-10SM 2.744 -- 0 - 10 Impulse G1/8 46.39
GT-NB20LW-10TM 1.372 -- 0 - 10 String G1/8 27.8
GT-NB30LW-10SM 1.372 -- 0 - 10 Impulse G1/8 27.69
GT-NB30LW-10TM 2.744 -- 0 - 10 String G1/8 46.39
Dimensions
F
G
E
C
A
D
B
H
2
3
C
G
F
E
B
H
A
D
P1
P2
*
GT-NB20-10S | GT-NB20-10Z | GT-NB20-5S |
GT-NB20-5Z | GT-NB30-10Z
GT-NB20LW-10TM | GT-NB30LW-10TM |
GT-NB20LW-10SM | GT-NB30LW-10SM
2 = Compressed air connection for cutting 22 3 = Compressed air connection for lifting 33 * = Stroke movement
Item no.
GT-NB20-5S 73 137 26 57 40 7 M5
GT-NB20-5Z 65 73 137 26 57 40 7 M5
GT-NB20-10S 65 73 137 26 57 40 7 M5
GT-NB20-10Z 65 73 137 26 57 40 7 M5
GT-NB30-10Z 82 86 176 28 68 49 7 M5
GT-NB20LW-10SM 86 84 200 29 68 42 7 M5
GT-NB20LW-10TM 70 73 157 29 57 35 7 M5
GT-NB30LW-10SM 70 73 157 29 57 35 7 M5
GT-NB30LW-10TM 86 84 200 29 68 42 7 M5
www.pa.com
Stationary air nippers, vertical, with stroke
Product Description
> Cutting opening adjustable
> No play, long life cycle
> Compact and robust
> Optionally with hose nipples or quick plug-in connection
> Also available with reverse stroke movements
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. cutting
force [N]
Max. opening
for cutting
[mm]
Stroke / String
[mm]
Effective
direction
Operating
pressure [psi]
Pipe connection
with hose
nippel [mm]
Pipe connection
with quick
connect fittings
[mm]
Weight [oz]
GT-NT03 147 1.5 - 3 0 - 3 String 58 - 72.5 2.5 -- 6.28
GT-NT03R 147 1.5 - 3 0 - 3 Stroke 58 - 72.5 2.5 -- 6.28
GT-NT03-4 147 1.5 - 3 0 - 3 String 58 - 72.5 -- 4x2,5 6.28
GT-NT03R-4 147 1.5 - 3 0 - 3 Stroke 58 - 72.5 -- 4x2,5 6.28
GT-NT05 196 3 - 6 0 - 3 String 58 - 72.5 2.5 -- 11.46
GT-NT05-R 196 3 - 6 0 - 3 Stroke 58 - 72.5 2.5 -- 11.46
GT-NT05-4 196 3 - 6 0 - 3 String 58 - 72.5 -- 4x2,5 11.46
GT-NT05R-4 196 3 - 6 0 - 3 Stroke 58 - 72.5 -- 4x2,5 11.46
GT-NT10 441 4 - 7 0 - 3 String 58 - 72.5 2.5 -- 18.17
GT-NT10R 441 4 - 7 0 - 3 Stroke 58 - 72.5 2.5 -- 18.17
GT-NT10-6 441 4 - 7 0 - 3 String 58 - 72.5 -- 6x4 18.17
GT-NT10R-6 441 4 - 7 0 - 3 Stroke 58 - 72.5 -- 6x4 18.17
GT-NT20 931 4.5 - 9 0 - 8 String 72.5 - 87 4 -- 32.8
GT-NT20R 931 4.5 - 9 0 - 8 Stroke 72.5 - 87 4 -- 32.8
GT-NT20-6 931 4.5 - 9 0 - 8 String 72.5 - 87 -- 6x4 32.8
GT-NT20R-6 931 4.5 - 9 0 - 8 Stroke 72.5 - 87 -- 6x4 32.8
NEW
FOR SUITABLE BLADES PLEASE
SEE PAGE 186
Dimensions
A B
D
E F
G
H
C
Item no.
GT-NT03 19 68.1 9 7 43 14 M3
GT-NT03R 62 19 68.1 9 7 43 14 M3
GT-NT03-4 62 19 68.1 9 7 43 14 M3
GT-NT03R-4 62 19 68.1 9 7 43 14 M3
GT-NT05 64 32 71.1 9 7 45 20 M4
GT-NT05-R 64 32 71.1 9 7 45 20 M4
GT-NT05-4 64 32 71.1 9 7 45 20 M4
GT-NT05R-4 64 32 71.1 9 7 45 20 M4
GT-NT10 73 38 88.1 11 8 52 24 M4
GT-NT10R 73 38 88.1 11 8 52 24 M4
GT-NT10-6 73 38 88.1 11 8 52 24 M4
GT-NT10R-6 73 38 88.1 11 8 52 24 M4
GT-NT20 103 44 102.1 14 10 80 28 M5
GT-NT20R 103 44 102.1 14 10 80 28 M5
GT-NT20-6 103 44 102.1 14 10 80 28 M5
GT-NT20R-6 103 44 102.1 14 10 80 28 M5
www.pa.com
Air nippers | Air shears
Dual-action air shears round/rectangular
Dual-action air shears round/rectangular
Product Description
> Suitable for cutting steel or copper wire
> No cutting return spring necessary, meaning no interruption to the cutting process
> Freely adjustable cutting speed
> Fast cycle times
Technical Data
Item no.
Housing Max. cutting force [N] Operating pressure [psi] Pipe connection [mm] Weight [oz]
GT-HWS1 Rectangular 294 58 - 72.5 4 4.09
GT-HWR1 Round 294 58 - 72.5 4 2.96
GT-HWS10 Rectangular 588 58 - 72.5 6 12.56
GT-HWR10 Round 588 58 - 72.5 6 10.41
Dimensions
E
C
A
H G
B
F
I
D
F
P
L
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F G [mm] H [mm] I [mm] L [mm]
GT-HWS1 23x20 23 -- -- -- M3 24 40 16 95
GT-HWR1 20 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 95
GT-HWS10 36 36 45.5 30 28 M4 41 30 28 146
GT-HWR10 36 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 146
Pneumatic special shears round/rectangular
For cutting stations and special machines or manual operation
Example GT-HS30 with nipper attachment H30ME
Product Description
> For safe precision cutting of Kevlar, aramid, glass and carbon fibers
> GT-H30, GT-HS30, GT-H12K: Designed to cut synthetic materials. Not suitable for thick cardboard, tin plate, wire, wood, etc.
Technical Data
Item no.
Operating
pressure [psi]
Functional
principle
Housing Length incl. blade
[mm]
Weight incl. blade
[oz]
Max. cutting thickness for diameter
[mm]
Kevlar Band steel
GT-H12K 29 Automatically Round 186 10.23 0.3 --
GT-H120K 72.5 - 87 Manually Round 211 11.99 -- 15
GT-H30 43.5 Manually Round 280 36.33 1 --
GT-HS30 43.5 Manually Rectangular 260 34.22 1 --
Dimensions
1
7
186
4
5
3
6
3
0
b
210
3
6
c
66
1
5
109
GT-H12K GT-H120K
280
5
6
a
105
2
6
90
#

5
6
a
105
2
6
155
50
60 30 20
GT-H30 GT-HS30
a = Blade shown: H30ME b = Blade shown: H12ME30K c = Blade shown: H120SK
NEW
Air nippers | Selection assistant blade shape

Cutting
capacity
[mm]
Air nippers
Item number Page PP/PE ABS GT-N GT-NR GT-NS
GT-NB
All variants
of one size
GT-NWR
GT-NWS
Manually
operated
Round shape
Rectangular
shape
Stationary
with stroke
Round / rectangular
shape -
double-action
NW10AJ
190
5 4 - - - -
GT-NWR10 (P. 174)
GT-NWS10 (P. 174)
NW20AJ 7 6.5 - - - -
GT-NWR20 (P. 174)
GT-NWS20 (P. 174)
NW30AJ 10 9.5 - - - -
GT-NWR30 (P. 174)
GT-NWS30 (P. 174)
N20AJ 7 5
GT-N20 (P. 171) GT-NR20 (P. 172) GT-NS20 (P. 173)
GT-NB20 (P. 180) -
N20AJL 7 5 - -
N20AB39 7 5 - -
N30AJ 10 6.5
GT-N30 (P. 171) GT-NR30 (P. 172) GT-NS30 (P. 173)
GT-NB20 (P. 180) -
N30AJL 10 6.5 - -
N3AP
192
2 - GT-N3 (P. 171) GT-NR3 (P. 172) GT-NS3 (P. 173) - -
N5AP 2 - GT-N5 (P. 171) GT-NR5 (P. 172) GT-NS5 (P. 173) - -
N7AP 3 2
GT-N7 (P. 171) GT-NR7 (P. 172) GT-NS7 (P. 173)
- -
N7PF 3 2 - -
N10AP 4 2.6 GT-N10 (P. 171) GT-NR10L (P. 172) GT-NS10L (P. 173) - -
N10LAB152 4 2.6 GT-N10 (P. 171) - GT-NS10L (P. 173) - -
N10LAP 4 2.6 - GT-NR10L (P. 172) GT-NS10L (P. 173) - -
N10LPF 4 2.6 - GT-NR10L (P. 172) GT-NS10L (P. 173) - -
N12AP 4.5 4 GT-N12 (P. 171) - - - -
N20AA239 6 4
GT-N20 (P. 171)
GT-NR20 (P. 172)
GT-NS20 (P. 173)
GT-NB20 (P. 180)
-
N20AA27 6.5 4.5 - -
N20AB360 7 5 - - -
N20AP 7 5
GT-NR20 (P. 172) GT-NB20 (P. 180)
-
N20PF 7 5 -
N30AA114 10 6.5 GT-N30 (P. 171) GT-NR30 (P. 172) GT-NS30 (P. 173) - -
N30AP 10 6.5
GT-N30 (P. 171) GT-NR30 (P. 172) GT-NS30 (P. 173) GT-NB30 (P. 180)
-
N30PF 10 6.5 -
N50AB 15 8 GT-N50 (P. 171) GT-NR50 (P. 172) - - -
N50ABH41 18 8 GT-N50 (P. 171) GT-NR50 (P. 172) - - -
N20AL
194
7 5 GT-N20 (P. 171) GT-NR20 (P. 172) GT-NS20 (P. 173) GT-NB20 (P. 180) -
N30AL525 10 6.5 GT-N30 (P. 171) GT-NR30 (P. 172) GT-NS30 (P. 173) GT-NB30 (P. 180) -
N20AH 195 7 5 GT-N20 (P. 171) GT-NR20 (P. 172) GT-NS20 (P. 173) - -
N3AE
196
2
-
GT-N3 (P. 171) GT-NR3 (P. 172) GT-NS3 (P. 173) - -
N5AE 2 - GT-N5 (P. 171) GT-NR5 (P. 172) GT-NS5 (P. 173) - -
N7AE 3 2 GT-N7 (P. 171) GT-NR7 (P. 172) GT-NS7 (P. 173) - -
N20AE 7 5 GT-N20 (P. 171) GT-NR20 (P. 172) GT-NS20 (P. 173) GT-NB20 (P. 180) -
N30AE 10 6.5
GT-N30 (P. 171) GT-NR30 (P. 172) GT-NS30 (P. 173) GT-NB30 (P. 180)
-
N50AE 12 6.5 -
www.pa.com

Cutting capacity [mm] Air nippers
Item number Page
Copper
wire
Steel
wire
Piano
wire
GT-N GT-NR GT-NS
GT-NB
All variants
of one size
GT-NWR
GT-NWS
Manually
operated
Round shape
Rectangular
shape
Stationary
with stroke
Round /
rectangular shape
- double-action
N20BFB
197
2.6 2 1.2 GT-N20 (P. 171) GT-NR20 (P. 172) GT-NS20 (P. 173) GT-NB20 (P. 180) -
N50AS 5.5 4.5 - - GT-NR50 (P. 172) - - -
N3BJ
198
1 0.5 - GT-N3 (P. 171) GT-NR3 (P. 172)
GT-NS3. GT-NS2
(P. 173)
- -
N5BJ 1 0.5 - GT-N5 (P. 171) GT-NR5 (P. 172) GT-NS5 (P. 173) - -
N7BJ 1.6 1 - GT-N7 (P. 171) GT-NR7 (P. 172) GT-NS7 (P. 173) - -
NW1BJ 1 0.5 - - - - -
GT-NWR1 (P. 174)
GT-NWS1 (P. 174)
NW10BJ 1.8 1.2 - - - - -
GT-NWR10 (P. 174)
GT-NWS10 (P. 174)
NW20BJ 2.6 2 - - - - -
GT-NWR20 (P. 174)
GT-NWS20 (P. 174)
NW30BJ 3.3 2.8 - - - - -
GT-NWR30 (P. 174)
GT-NWS30 (P. 174)
N3AS
200
1 0.5 -
GT-N3 (P. 171) GT-NR3 (P. 172) GT-NS3 (P. 173)
- -
N3HS 1 0.5 0.2 - -
N5AS 1 0.5 -
GT-N5 (P. 171) GT-NR5 (P. 172) GT-NS5 (P. 173)
- -
N5HS 1 0.5 0.3 - -
N7AS 1.6 1 -
GT-N7 (P. 171) GT-NR7 (P. 172) GT-NS7 (P. 173)
- -
N7HS 1.6 1 0.5 - -
N10AS 1.8 1.2 -
GT-N10 (P. 171)
- - - -
N10HS 1.8 1.2 0.5 - - - -
N10LAS 1.8 1.2 - - GT-NR10L (P. 172) GT-NS10L (P. 173) - -
N12AS 2.3 1.7 -
GT-N12 (P. 171)
- - - -
N12HS 2.3 1.7 0.6 - - - -
N20AS 2.6 2 - GT-N20 (P. 171) GT-NR20 (P. 172) GT-NS20 (P. 173) GT-NB20 (P. 180) -
N30AS 3.3 2.8 - GT-N30 (P. 171) GT-NR30 (P. 172) GT-NS30 (P. 173) GT-NB30 (P. 180) -
N20HS 2.6 2 1 GT-N20 (P. 171) GT-NR20 (P. 172) GT-NS20 (P. 173) GT-NB20 (P. 180) -
N30BBB 3.3 2.8 1.2 GT-N30 (P. 171) GT-NR30 (P. 172) GT-NS30 (P. 173) GT-NB30 (P. 180) -
N50BBB 5.5 4.5 2 GT-N50 (P. 171) GT-NR50 (P. 172) - - -
We will be happy to assist you!
> Various blades available on request. We would be pleased to submit an individual offer to you.
> Simply ll out the form on page 210 and fax to: 1 (919) 573 0871

Item number Page PP/PE ABS
Copper
wire
Steel
wire
GT-NF GT-NY GT-NYS
Stationary without
stroke
Stationary with stroke
double-action
Round / rectangular
shape - double-action
NY05AJ
202
3 2 - - GT-NF05 (P. 176) GT-NY05-4 (P. 177) -
NY05AJB 3 2 - - - - -
NY05AJL 3 2 - - - - -
NY05AJT 3 2 - - - - -
NY05BJ 3 2 1.6 1 GT-NF05 (P. 176) GT-NY05-4 (P. 177) -
NY05RAJ 3 2 - -
GT-NF05 (P. 176)
GT-NY05R-4 (P. 177) -
NY05RBJ 3 2 1.6 1 GT-NY05R-4 (P. 177) -
NY10AJ 3.5 2.3 - - GT-NF10 (P. 176) GT-NY10-4 (P. 177) -
NY10AJB 3.5 2.3 - - - - -
NY10AJL 3.5 2.3 - - - - -
NY10AJT 3.5 2.3 - - - - -
NY10RAJ 3.5 2.3 - - GT-NF10 (P. 176) GT-NY10R (P. 177) -
NY15AJ 4 2.6 - -
GT-NF15 (P. 176) GT-NY15-4 (P. 177)
-
NY15AJB 4 2.6 - - -
NY15AJL 4 2.6 - - -
NY15AJT 4 2.6 - -
GT-NF15 (P. 176)
GT-NY15-4 (P. 177) -
NY15RAJ 4 2.6 - - GT-NY15R-4 (P. 177) -
NY25AJ 5 3.4 - - - GT-NY25-6 (P. 177)
GT-NY25S (P. 179)
NY25AJB 5 3.4 - - - GT-NY25R-6 (P. 177)
NY25AJL 5 3.4 - - - GT-NY25-6 (P. 177)
NY25RAJ 5 3.4 - - - GT-NY25R-6 (P. 177)
We will be happy to assist you!
> Various blades available on request. We would be pleased to submit an individual offer to you.
> Simply ll out the form on page 210 and fax to: 1 (919) 573 0871
Item number Page PP/PE ABS
Copper
wire
Steel
wire
GT-NF GT-NY GT-NYS
Stationary without
stroke
Stationary with stroke
Round / rectangular
shape -
double-action
NY05AH
204
3 2 - -
GT-NF05 (P. 176)
GT-NY05-4 (P. 177) -
NY05RAH 3 2 - - GT-NY05R-4 (P. 177) -
NY10AH 3.5 2.3 - - GT-NF10 (P. 176) GT-NY10-4 (P. 177) GT-NY10S (P. 179)
NY15AH 4 2.6 - -
GT-NF15 (P. 176)
GT-NY15-4 (P. 177) -
NY15RAH 4 2.6 - - GT-NY15R-4 (P. 177) -
NY25AH 5 3.4 - - - GT-NY25-6 (P. 177)
GT-NY25S (P. 179)
NY25RAH 5 3.4 - - - GT-NY25R-6 (P. 177)
www.pa.com

Item number Page PP/PE ABS GT-NT
Round / rectangular shape - double-action
NT03AJ
205
NT03AJT
NE05AJ
NT05AJ
NT05AJB
NT05AJH
NT05AJL
NT05AJT
NE10AJ
NT10AJ
NT10AJB
NT10AJH
NT10AJL
NT10AJT
NT20AJ
NT20AJB
NT20AJH
NT20AJL
NT05AE
207
NT10AE
Cutting capacity [mm] Cutting shears
Item number Page Copper wire Steel wire
GT-HWS.
GT-HWR
Round shears / rectangular
HW1J
208
HW10J
HW20J
HW20JL
Cutting capacity [mm] Cutting shears
Item number Page Kevlar Band steel
GT-NWR
GT-NWS
Round shears / rectangular / double-action
H30ME
209
H30MEL
H12ME30K
H120SK
Air nippers | Blades for plastics
Blades, straight
Blades, straight
Smooth cutting edge for angled use
Product Description
> AJL: Flat blade, extra long, for distance between air nipper and sprue
Technical Data
Item no.
Material Max. cutting thickness for diameter [mm] Weight [oz] Suitable air nippers
PP / PE ABS
NW10AJ Special cutting steel 5 4 2.68
GT-NWR10 (Page 174)
GT-NWS10 (Page 174)
N20AJ Special cutting steel 7 5 4.41
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
NW20AJ Special cutting steel 7 6.5 5.01
GT-NWR20 (Page 174)
GT-NWS20 (Page 174)
N20AJL Special cutting steel 7 5 8.11
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
N20AB39 Special cutting steel 7 5 6.53
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
N30AJ Special cutting steel 10 6.5 13.05
GT-N30 (Page 171)
GT-NR30 (Page 172)
GT-NS30 (Page 173)
NW30AJ Special cutting steel 10 9.5 12.98
GT-NWR30 (Page 174)
N30AJL Special cutting steel 10 6.5 16.58
GT-N30 (Page 171)
GT-NR30 (Page 172)
GT-NS30 (Page 173)
www.pa.com
Blades, straight
Dimensions
D
A
B
C
E
Item no.
NW10AJ 30 -- -- 14 5
N20AJ 35 12 8 18 11
NW20AJ 35 -- -- 21.5 8
N20AJL 65 12 7 20 16
N20AB39 61 12 7 36 14
N30AJ 52 17 8 28 11
NW30AJ 55 -- -- 29.5 8
N30AJL 75 17 8 25 19
Blades, angled
Blades, angled
For planar cuts
Technical Data
Item no.
PP / PE ABS
N3AP Special cutting steel 2 -- 1.23
GT-N3 (Page 171)
GT-NS3 (Page 173)
GT-NR3 (Page 172)
N5AP Special cutting steel 2 -- 1.41
GT-N5 (Page 171)
GT-NS5 (Page 173)
GT-NR5 (Page 172)
N7AP Special cutting steel 3 2 2.82
GT-N7 (Page 171)
GT-NS7 (Page 173)
GT-NR7 (Page 172)
N7PF Special cutting steel 3 2 2.82
GT-N7 (Page 171)
GT-NR7 (Page 172)
GT-NS7 (Page 173)
N10AP Special cutting steel 4 2.6 3 GT-N10 (Page 171)
N10LAB152 Special cutting steel 4 2.6 5.82
GT-N10 (Page 171)
GT-NS10L (Page 173)
N10LAP Special cutting steel 4 2.6 4.23
GT-NR10L (Page 172)
GT-NS10L (Page 173)
N10LPF Special cutting steel 4 2.6 4.23
GT-NR10L (Page 172)
GT-NS10L (Page 173)
N12AP Special cutting steel 4.5 4 4.76 GT-N12 (Page 171)
N20AA239 Special cutting steel 6 4 6.88
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
N20AA27 Special cutting steel 6.5 4.5 5.11
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
N20AB360 Special cutting steel 7 5 6.53
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
N20AP Special cutting steel 7 5 4.41
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
N20PF Special cutting steel 7 5 4.59
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
N30AA114 Special cutting steel 10 6.5 13.58
GT-N30 (Page 171)
GT-NS30 (Page 173)
GT-NR30 (Page 172)
N30AP Special cutting steel 10 6.5 13.4
GT-N30 (Page 171)
GT-NR30 (Page 172)
GT-NS30 (Page 173)
N30PF Special cutting steel 10 6.5 13.76
GT-N30 (Page 171)
GT-NR30 (Page 172)
GT-NS30 (Page 173)
N50AB Special cutting steel 15 8 38.8
GT-N50 (Page 171)
GT-NR50 (Page 172)
N50ABH41 Special cutting steel 18 8 35.27
GT-N50 (Page 171)
GT-NR50 (Page 172)
www.pa.com
Blades, angled
Dimensions
E
A
D
B
C
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [] D [mm] E [mm]
N3AP 24 7 15 11.5 4
N5AP 24 7 15 11.5 4
N7AP 27 9 30 11.5 4
N7PF 27 9 40 10.5 4
N10AP 27 9 30 11.5 5
N10LAB152 61 12 15 35 10
N10LAP 35 12 15 16 5
N10LPF 35 12 40 13.5 5
N12AP 35 12 15 16 5
N20AA239 52.3 12 40 27 14
N20AA27 45 12 23 25 12
N20AB360 61 12 15 35 16
N20AP 35 12 15 16 11
N20PF 35 12 40 13.5 11
N30AA114 76.3 17 30 50 20
N30AP 66 17 15 38 16
N30PF 58 17 30 25 15
N50AB 90 25 30 29 21
N50ABH41 119.6 25 30 40 35
Blades, L Shape
Blades, L Shape
Offset cutter for overcoming obstacles or for narrow gates
Item no.
PP / PE ABS
N20AL Special cutting steel 7 5 4.76
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
N30AL525 Special cutting steel 10 6.5 13.93
GT-N30 (Page 171)
GT-NS30 (Page 173)
GT-NR30 (Page 172)
Dimensions
E
A
C
D
B
Item no.
N20AL 45 12 32 18 12
N30AL525 45 26 62 36 16
www.pa.com
Blade, Z shape
Singular Blade, Z shape
Offset cutter for overcoming obstacles or for narrow gates
Technical Data
Item no.
Material Max. cutting thickness for diameter [mm] Weight [oz]
PP / PE ABS
N20AH Special cutting steel 7 5 8.47
Dimensions
C
B
D
A
L
E
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] L [mm]
N20AH 60 31 7 23 16 120
NEW
Blades, pliers shape
Technical Data
Item no.
PP / PE ABS
N3AE Special cutting steel 2 -- 1.23
GT-N3 (Page 171)
GT-NR3 (Page 172)
GT-NS3 (Page 173)
N5AE Special cutting steel 2 -- 1.41
GT-N5 (Page 171)
GT-NR5 (Page 172)
GT-NS5 (Page 173)
N7AE Special cutting steel 3 2 3
GT-N7 (Page 171)
GT-NR7 (Page 172)
GT-NS7 (Page 173)
N20AE Hard metal 7 5 4.76
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
N30AE Special cutting steel 10 6.5 13.93
GT-N30 (Page 171)
GT-NR30 (Page 172)
GT-NS30 (Page 173)
N50AE Special cutting steel 12 6.5 35.27
GT-N50 (Page 171)
GT-NR50 (Page 172)
Dimensions
A
G
B
FE
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] fxg [mm] D [mm] E [mm]
N3AE 20 7 6x11 7 3.5
N5AE 20 7 6x6,6 7 3.5
N7AE 26 9 8x14.8 9 4
N20AE 28 12 10x15.5 12 8
N30AE 45 17 13x28 17 12
N50AE 128 25 70x10 25 30
www.pa.com
Air nippers | Blades for metal
Blades, straight
Blades, straight
Cutter for wire and thin pipes
Ordering notes
> N20BFB: Carbide cutters e.g. suitable for cutting wire and thin pipes
> N50AS: Standard cutting
Technical Data
Item no.
Copper wire Steel wire Piano wire
N20BFB Hard metal 2.6 5.5 4.5 5.29
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
N50AS Special cutting steel 5.5 4.5 -- 33.51
GT-N50 (Page 171)
GT-NR50 (Page 172)
Dimensions
A
B
D
C
Item no.
N20BFB 35 12 17 8
N50AS 60 25 30 11
Blades, straight
Blades, straight
A beveled cutting edge (anvil principle) for metal
Technical Data
Item no.
Copper wire Steel wire
N3BJ Special cutting steel 1 0.5 1.23
GT-N3 (Page 171)
GT-NS3 (Page 173)
GT-NR3 (Page 172)
GT-NS2 (Page 173)
N5BJ Special cutting steel 1 0.5 1.41
GT-N5 (Page 171)
GT-NS5 (Page 173)
GT-NR5 (Page 172)
N7BJ Special cutting steel 1.6 1 2.65
GT-N7 (Page 171)
GT-NS7 (Page 173)
GT-NR7 (Page 172)
NW1BJ Special cutting steel 1 0.5 0.56 GT-NWR1 (Page 174)
NW10BJ Special cutting steel 1.8 1.2 2.68
GT-NWR10 (Page 174)
GT-NWS10 (Page 174)
NW20BJ Special cutting steel 2.6 2 5.01
GT-NWR20 (Page 174)
GT-NWS20 (Page 174)
NW30BJ Special cutting steel 3.3 2.8 12.95 GT-NWR30 (Page 174)
Dimensions
D
A
B
E
C
L
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] L [mm]
N3BJ 24 7 5.8 13 5 64
N5BJ 24 7 5.8 13 4 64
N7BJ 27 9 7.5 13 5 81
NW1BJ 20 5 3 10.5 3.5 50
NW10BJ 30 9 6 14 5 85
NW20BJ 40 12 6 21.5 8 100
NW30BJ 55 17 8 29.5 11 140
www.pa.com
Air nippers | Notes
Notes:

Blades, angled
Blades, angled
For planar cuts
Item no.
Copper wire Steel wire Piano wire
N3AS Special cutting steel 1 0.5 -- 1.23
GT-N3 (Page 171)
GT-NR3 (Page 172)
GT-NS3 (Page 173)
N3HS HSS steel 1 0.5 0.2 1.23
GT-N3 (Page 171)
GT-NR3 (Page 172)
GT-NS3 (Page 173)
N5AS Special cutting steel 1 0.5 -- 1.41
GT-N5 (Page 171)
GT-NR5 (Page 172)
GT-NS5 (Page 173)
N5HS HSS steel 1 0.5 0.3 1.41
GT-N5 (Page 171)
GT-NR5 (Page 172)
GT-NS5 (Page 173)
N7AS Special cutting steel 1.6 1 -- 2.82
GT-N7 (Page 171)
GT-NR7 (Page 172)
GT-NS7 (Page 173)
N7HS HSS steel 1.6 1 0.5 2.82
GT-N7 (Page 171)
GT-NR7 (Page 172)
GT-NS7 (Page 173)
N10AS Special cutting steel 1.8 1.2 -- 3 GT-N10 (Page 171)
N10HS HSS steel 2.3 1.7 -- 3 GT-N10 (Page 171)
N10LAS Special cutting steel 1.8 1.2 -- 4.23
GT-NR10L (Page 172)
GT-NS10L (Page 173)
N12AS Special cutting steel 2.3 1.7 -- 4.76 GT-N12 (Page 171)
N12HS HSS steel 1.3 2.7 -- 3.35 GT-N12 (Page 171)
N20AS Special cutting steel 2.6 2 -- 4.94
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
N20HS HSS steel 2.6 2 1 4.76
GT-N20 (Page 171)
GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NS20 (Page 173)
N30AS Special cutting steel 3.3 2.8 -- 13.05
GT-N30 (Page 171)
GT-NR30 (Page 172)
GT-NS30 (Page 173)
N30BBB Hard metal 3.3 2.8 1.2 12.87
GT-N30 (Page 171)
GT-NR30 (Page 172)
GT-NS30 (Page 173)
N50BBB Hard metal 5.5 4.5 2 33.69
GT-N50 (Page 171)
GT-NR50 (Page 172)
www.pa.com
Blades, angled
Dimensions
E
A
D
B
C
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [] D [mm] E [mm]
N3AS 24 7 25 12 4
N3HS 24 7 25 12 4
N5AS 24 7 25 12 4
N5HS 24 7 25 12 4
N7AS 27 9 30 13.5 4
N7HS 27 9 30 13.5 4
N10AS 27 9 30 13.5 5
N10HS 27 9 30 13.5 5
N10LAS 35 12 30 20 5
N12AS 35 12 30 20 5
N12HS 35 12 30 20 9
N20AS 35 12 30 20 9
N20HS 26 12 40 10 7
N30AS 43 17 30 25 9
N30BBB 36 17 40 18 7
N50BBB 46 25 35 19 9
Air nippers | Blades for stationary nippers, horizontal
Blades for stationary grippers, straight
Smooth cutting edge for angled use
Ordering notes
> RAJ: reverse chamfer of AJ, for mirror-image installation of air nippers
> AJB: Soldered carbide tip for cutting hard plastics or plastics containing fiberglass, thereby ensuring a higher life cycle
> AJL: Flat blade, extra-long for long distances between air nipper and gate
> AJT: Extra-flat blade for clean cuts without residues
> BJ / RBJ: Broad cutting tip for cutting metal
Item no.
PP / PE ABS Copper wire Steel wire
NY05AJ Special cutting steel 3 2 -- -- 0.78
GT-NF05 (Page 176)
GT-NY05-4 (Page 177)
NY05AJB Special cutting steel 3 2 -- -- 0.78
GT-NF05 (Page 176)
NY05AJL Special cutting steel 3 2 -- -- 1.02
GT-NF05 (Page 176)
NY05AJT Special cutting steel 3 2 -- -- 0.74
GT-NF05 (Page 176)
NY05BJ Special cutting steel -- -- 1.6 1 0.78
GT-NF05 (Page 176)
NY05RAJ Special cutting steel 3 2 -- -- 0.78
GT-NF05 (Page 176)
GT-NY05R-4 (Page 177)
NY05RBJ Special cutting steel -- -- 1.6 1 0.78
GT-NY05R (Page 177)
GT-NF05 (Page 176)
NY10AJ Special cutting steel 3.5 2.3 -- -- 0.99
GT-NF10 (Page 176)
NY10AJB Hard metal 3.5 2.3 -- -- 0.99
GT-NF10 (Page 176)
NY10AJL Special cutting steel 3.5 2.3 -- -- 1.31
GT-NF10 (Page 176)
NY10AJT Special cutting steel 3.5 2.3 -- -- 0.92
GT-NF10 (Page 176)
NY10RAJ Special cutting steel 3.5 2.3 -- -- 0.99
GT-NY10R (Page 177)
GT-NF10 (Page 176)
NY15AJ Special cutting steel 4 2.6 -- -- 1.45
GT-NF15 (Page 176)
NY15AJB Hard metal 4 2.6 -- -- 1.45
GT-NF15 (Page 176)
NY15AJL Special cutting steel 4 2.6 -- -- 1.76
GT-NF15 (Page 176)
NY15RAJ Special cutting steel 4 2.6 -- -- 1.45
GT-NF15 (Page 176)
NY15AJT Special cutting steel 4 2.6 -- -- 1.34
GT-NF15 (Page 176)
NY25AJ Special cutting steel 5 3.4 -- -- 2.72
GT-NY25S (Page 179)
NY25RAJ Special cutting steel 5 3.4 -- -- 2.72
GT-NY25S (Page 179)
www.pa.com
Technical Data
Item no.
PP / PE ABS Copper wire Steel wire
NY25AJB Hard metal 5 3.4 -- -- 2.72
GT-NY25S (Page 179)
NY25AJL Special cutting steel 5 3.4 -- -- 3.1
GT-NY25S (Page 179)
Dimensions
D
A
B
E
C
Item no.
NY05AJ 22 7 5 10.5 4
NY05AJB 22 7 5 10.5 4
NY05AJL 31 7 5 10.5 5.5
NY05AJT 22 7 3 10.5 4
NY05BJ 22 7 5 9 3.5
NY05RAJ 22 7 5 10.5 4
NY05RBJ 22 7 5 10.5 4
NY10AJ 24 7.2 5 12 6
NY10AJB 24 7.2 5 12 6
NY10AJL 33 7.2 5 12 8
NY10AJT 24 7.2 3 12 6
NY10RAJ 24 7.2 5 12 6
NY15AJ 27 8.2 5.5 13 8
NY15AJB 27 8.2 5.5 13 8
NY15AJL 38 8.2 5.5 13 11
NY15RAJ 27 8.2 5.5 13 8
NY15AJT 27 8.2 3.5 13 8
NY25AJ 31 10 6 16 9
NY25RAJ 31 10 6 16 9
NY25AJB 31 10 6 16 9
NY25AJL 46 10 6 16 13
Blades, Z shape
Blades, Z shape
Ordering notes
> RAH: Reverse version of AJ for mirror-image installation of air nippers
Technical Data
Item no.
PP / PE ABS
NY05AH Special cutting steel 3 2 1.31
GT-NF05 (Page 176)
NY05RAH Special cutting steel 3 2 1.09
GT-NF05 (Page 176)
NY10AH Special cutting steel 3.5 2.3 1.52
GT-NF10 (Page 176)
NY15AH Special cutting steel 4 2.6 2.68
GT-NF15 (Page 176)
NY15RAH Special cutting steel 4 2.6 1.83
GT-NF15 (Page 176)
NY25AH Special cutting steel 5 3.4 3.88
GT-NY25S (Page 179)
NY25RAH Special cutting steel 5 3.4 3.14
GT-NY25S (Page 179)
Dimensions
A
B
D
E
C
Item no.
NY05AH 31 14 5 10.5 5.5
NY05RAH 30 12 5 10.5 5
NY10AH 33 15 5 12 8
NY15AH 38 16 5.5 12 11
NY15RAH 35 13.2 5.5 13 9
NY25AH 46 24 6 17 13
NY25RAH 42 16 6 16 12
www.pa.com
Air nippers | Blades for stationary nippers, vertical
Blades, straight
Blades, straight
Ordering notes
> AJB: Soldered carbide tip for cutting hard plastics or plastics containing fiberglass, thereby ensuring a longer blade life
> AJH: Soldered tip made of high-speed steel for cutting hard plastic
> AJL: Flat blade, extra-long for long distances between air nipper and gate
> AJT: Extra-flat blade for clean cuts without residues
Technical Data
Item no.
PP / PE ABS
NT03AJ Special cutting steel 1.5 1 0.71 GT-NT03 (Page 182)
NT03AJT Special cutting steel 1.5 1 0.67 GT-NT03 (Page 182)
NE05AJ Special cutting steel 2.5 1.5 1.23 GT-NT05 (Page 182)
NT05AJ Special cutting steel 2.5 1.5 1.06 GT-NT05 (Page 182)
NT05AJB Hard metal 2.5 1.5 1.06 GT-NT05 (Page 182)
NT05AJH HSS steel 2.5 1.5 1.06 GT-NT05 (Page 182)
NT05AJL Special cutting steel 2.5 1.5 1.38 GT-NT05 (Page 182)
NT05AJT Special cutting steel 2.5 1.5 1.02 GT-NT05 (Page 182)
NE10AJ Spezial-Schneidstahl 3.5 2.3 2.47 GT-NT10 (Page 182)
NT10AJ Special cutting steel 3.5 2.3 2.19 GT-NT10 (Page 182)
NT10AJB Hard metal 3.5 2.3 2.68 GT-NT10 (Page 182)
NT10AJH HSS steel 3.5 2.3 2.68 GT-NT10 (Page 182)
NT10AJL Special cutting steel 3.5 2.3 2.19 GT-NT10 (Page 182)
NT10AJT Special cutting steel 3.5 2.3 2.29 GT-NT10 (Page 182)
NT20AJ Spezial-Schneidstahl 5 3.4 4.23 GT-NT20 (Page 182)
NT20AJB Special cutting steel 5 3.4 4.23 GT-NT20 (Page 182)
NT20AJH HSS steel 5 3.4 4.23 GT-NT20 (Page 182)
NT20AJL Special cutting steel 5 3.4 4.02 GT-NT20 (Page 182)
NEW
Blades, straight
Dimensions
D
A
B
E
C
Item no.
NT03AJ 24 7 4 11 3
NT03AJT 24 7 2.3 11 3
NE05AJ 24 7 3.5 12 6
NT05AJ 29 7 5 15 6
NT05AJB 29 7 5 15 6
NT05AJH 29 7 5 15 6
NT05AJL 36 7 5 15 7
NT05AJT 29 7 3 15 6
NE10AJ 27 9 4.5 12 7
NT10AJ 35 9 6 17 7
NT10AJB 35 9 6 17 7
NT10AJH 35 9 6 17 7
NT10AJL 47 9 6 17 9
NT10AJT 35 9 4 17 7
NT20AJ 40 12 6 20 9
NT20AJB 40 12 6 20 9
NT20AJH 40 12 6 20 9
NT20AJL 57 12 6 20 12
www.pa.com
Blade, pliers shape
Item no.
PP / PE ABS
NT05AE Special cutting steel 2.5 1.5 1.27 GT-NT05 (Page 182)
NT10AE Special cutting steel 3.5 2.3 2.65 GT-NT10 (Page 182)
Dimensions
A
G
B
FE
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] F [mm] G [mm] D [mm] E [mm]
NT05AE 29 7 6 18 7 6
NT10AE 35 9 8 21.5 9 7
NEW
Air nippers | Blades for air shears, dual-action
Blades for air shears
Blades for air shears
Ordering notes
> HW20J and HW20JL: Suitable air nippers available on request
Item no.
Max. opening for cutting
[mm]
Effective cutting length
[mm]
Max. cutting thickness for diameter [mm] Suitable air nippers
Copper wire Steel wire
HW1J 3 17 1 0.5
GT-HWS1 (Page 184)
GT-HWR1 (Page 184)
HW10J 5 28 1.8 1.2
GT-HWS10 (Page 184)
GT-HWR10 (Page 184)
HW20J 8 30 2.6 2 --
HW20JL 10.5 36 2.6 2 --
Dimensions
A B
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm]
HW1J 25 30
HW10J 40 55
HW20J 50 60
HW20JL 65 60
www.pa.com
Air nippers | Blades for special air shears
Blades for pneumatic special shears
Blades for pneumatic special shears
Product Description
> Blades for cutting synthetic materials
> Not suitable for thick carton, sheet tin, wire, wood
Technical Data
Item no.
Max. opening for
cutting [mm]
Effective cutting
length [mm]
Max. cutting thickness for diameter [mm] Weight [oz] Suitable air nippers
Kevlar Band steel
H30ME 26 50 1 -- 9.88 GT-H30 (Page 185)
H30MEL 34 67 1 -- 10.05 GT-H30 (Page 185)
H12ME30K 17 28 0.3 -- 1.98 GT-H12K (Page 185)
H120SK 15 38 -- 15x0,5 4.06 GT-H120K (Page 185)
NEW
Air nippers | Request customized blades

Request customized blades
Company
First name | Surname State
Street Postal code | Location
Phone Fax
E-mail
Simply copy and ll out, then fax to 1 (919) 573 0871
Service hotline for information, ordering and consultation: 1 (800) 913 7002
In addition to standard inserts described in this catalog, FIPA also offers an extensive selection of specialized blades.
We can also produce blades that are specially tailored to your application.
Choose from the design types listed below and tell us the desired dimensions (using the red ruler as a guide).
Our specialists will be able to quickly make the right selection for you.
We welcome to perform cutting experiments to recommend the most appropriate blade for your needs.
Please send a sample of your product to FIPA.
Please send a quotation for:
Contact information:
www.pa.com
Air nippers | Accessories
Gripper clamp
Gripper clamp
Direct gripping of the mold during the cutting process
Product Description
> Simple mounting of the mold grippers to the air nippers
> Optimal adjustment by using hinged angular arms
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Suitable air nippers
GT-NR20GR 2.12 GT-NR20 (Page 172)
GT-NR30GR 2.33 GT-NR30 (Page 172)
Dimensions
B
D E

C
Item no.
GT-NR20GR 45 10 34.75 62.5 15
GT-NR30GR 56 10 40.25 73.5 15
Air-nipper fastener for clamping elements
Air-nipper fastener for clamping elements
Connection of air nippers GT-NR with angle arms
Product Description
> Solid design, one-piece manufacture
Technical Data
Item no.
GT-NR10H 1.34 GT-NR10L (Page 172)
GT-NR20H 2.5 GT-NR20 (Page 172)
Dimensions
E
B
L
A
D
C
F
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] F [mm] L [mm]
GT-NR10H 14 22 36 40 51 15 52
GT-NR20H 20 30 45 50 65 20 52
GT-NR30H 20 35 56 60 75 20 52
GT-NR50H 20 45 75 85 95 20 52
www.pa.com
Air nipper fitting - for direct mounting
Mounting air nippers on EOAT or special machines
Product Description
> Easy positioning of the air nipper thanks to 2 x 90 adjustable design
> Versatile thanks to alternative installation using channel nuts or threaded shaft holder
> Incl. channel nuts and mounting bolts for installation on FIPA SLine and MLine extrusions
Ordering notes
Angular fitting (Item 2) also available separately on request.
Technical Data
Item no.
GT-NR20ST2 4.2 GT-NR20 (Page 172)
Dimensions
A
B C

D
a = Clamp for air nippers b = Angle bracket
Item no.
GT-NR20ST2 45 35 30 87.5
GT-NR30ST2 56 35 30 90.5
GT-NR50ST2 75 35 30 109.5
> Assembly of only angular fitting
Gripper clamp for air nippers
Gripper clamp for air nippers
Space-saving assembly of air nippers on extrusions and special machines
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GT-NR20S 1.38
GT-NR30S 1.62
Dimensions
A
G
B
C
D
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] G
GT-NR20S 45 62.5 15 20 M5
GT-NR30S 56 73.5 15 20 M5
www.pa.com
Linear components | Content
Linear components at a glance ....................................................................216
Short lifting cylinders ........................................................................................ 217
Dual piston cylinders ......................................................................................... 220
Guide blocks ........................................................................................................... 222
Lifting cylinders .................................................................................................... 224
Accessories .............................................................................................................. 228
Linear components | At a glance

Linear units represent an important enhancement
of the FIPA range. They allow, for example, the
precise approach of operational elements towards
a workpiece.
FIPA linear components
Short lifting cylinders
> Space-saving, light construction type
> Sensors available for monitoring piston position
> In combination with pressure plates GR07.196 to GR07.199 also suitable as a gripping or holding
tool
Dual piston cylinders
> High power generation from twin-piston design
> Non-rotating design that can handle heavy loads
> Precise bearing guide
Guide blocks
> Precisely guides the gripper and cutting tools to the workpiece
> Heavy-duty construction for precise handling of products even with heavy loads
Vacuum operated lifting cylinders with integrated ejector for compressed air connection
> Application e.g. with workpiece immobilized in cutting stations
> Stacking and unstacking of at, sensitive objects, e.g. card or thin wood
> 55.005: Integrated blow-off function for very high cycle times
> Very compact, light construction
> Rotation-resistant piston rods for correctly positioned Pick & Place
> Sturdy aluminum housing, Hartcoat treated
NEW
NEW
NEW
www.pa.com
Linear components | Short lifting cylinders
Short lifting cylinder dual-action
Product Description
> Space-saving, light design in acc. with DIN ISO 21287
Ordering notes
> Delivery incl. mounting bolts and lock washers
> Further stroke versions on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Medium Operating pressure [psi] Ambient air temperature [F] Suitable accessories
GR07.012-5 0.28 Filtered and oiled / unoiled air 7.3 - 143.6 23 - 140
NEW
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz] Medium Operating pressure [psi] Ambient air temperature [F] Suitable accessories
Dimensions
M
E
M
E
J
J
J
2-P
D
B a
A a
2
2

h
9
= Total length = A + lift or B + lift
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] D [mm] E [mm] J [mm] JJ [mm] M [mm] P
GR07.012-5 22 6 25 - - 15.5 M5 x 0,8
GR07.012-10 25.5 22 6 25 - - 15.5 M5 x 0,8
GR07.016-5 25.5 22 8 29 - - 20 M5 x 0,8
GR07.016-10 25.5 22 8 29 - - 20 M5 x 0,8
GR07.016-20 25.5 22 8 29 - - 20 M5 x 0,8
GR07.016-30 25.5 22 8 29 - - 20 M5 x 0,8
GR07.020-5 34 29.5 10 36 - - 25.5 M5 x 0,8
GR07.020-10 34 29.5 10 36 - - 25.5 M5 x 0,8
GR07.020-20 34 29.5 10 36 - - 25.5 M5 x 0,8
GR07.020-30 34 29.5 10 36 - - 25.5 M5 x 0,8
GR07.020-50 34 29.5 10 36 - - 25.5 M5 x 0,8
GR07.025-5 37.5 32.5 12 40 - - 28 M5 x 0,8
GR07.025-10 37.5 32.5 12 40 - - 28 M5 x 0,8
GR07.025-20 37.5 32.5 12 40 - - 28 M5 x 0,8
www.pa.com
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] D [mm] E [mm] J [mm] JJ [mm] M [mm] P
GR07.025-30 32.5 12 40 - - 28 M5 x 0,8
GR07.025-50 37.5 32.5 12 40 - - 28 M5 x 0,8
GR07.032-5 40 33 16 45 4.5 49.5 34 G1/8
GR07.032-10 40 33 16 45 4.5 49.5 34 G1/8
GR07.032-20 40 33 16 45 4.5 49.5 34 G1/8
GR07.032-30 40 33 16 45 4.5 49.5 34 G1/8
GR07.032-50 40 33 16 45 4.5 49.5 34 G1/8
Linear components | Dual piston cylinders
Dual piston cylinder dual-action
Product Description
> High power generation thanks to two-piston design
> Non-rotating design that can handle heavy loads
> Precise bearing guides
> Highly precise adjusting of the return stroke
Item no.
Compressed air
connection
Weight [oz] Medium Operating pressure
[psi]
Ambient air
temperature [F]
Suitable sensors
GR07.110-25 M5 6.35 Filtered and oiled / unoiled air 14.5 - 101.5 23 - 158
GR04.199 (Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN (Page 151)
GR04.199 (Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN (Page 151)
GR04.199 (Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN (Page 151)
GR04.199 (Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN (Page 151)
GR04.199 (Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN (Page 151)
GR04.199 (Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN (Page 151)
GR04.199 (Page 151)
GR04.199/NPN (Page 151)
Theoretical cylinder force depending on the working pressure
Working pressure [psi]
14.5
21.75
29
43.5
58
72.5
87
101.5
Move out
16
23.5
31.5
47
63
78.5
94
110
Move in
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
Move out
35.5
53
70.5
106
141
176.5
212
247
Move in
25
38
50.5
75.5
101
126
151
176.5
GR07.110-xx
Cylinder force [N]
[lbs]
GR07.115-xx
NEW
www.pa.com
Linear components | Dual piston cylinders
Dimensions
A
BD E
D Z
EA
E
C
D
B
A
B
A
A
B
B
F
D Z
B
G
D
E
B
F
G
5
,
2
6
,
6
3,3
D
C
a
C
E
b b
E
a
a = Total length = A + lift or B + lift b = Compressed air connection M5
Item no.
AE
[mm]
D
[mm]
E
[mm]
G
[mm]
Z
[mm]
AB
[mm]
A
[mm]
B
[mm]
BD
[mm]
BF
[mm]
BG [mm] DB [mm] DC
[mm]
DE
[mm]
EA
[mm]
EC [mm]
GR07.110-25 17 20 30 M4 x 0,7 30 46 55 72 8 35 M3x0,5x5 M3x0,5x4,5 6,5x3,3 3.4 8 M5x0,8x4,5
GR07.110-50 17 20 30 M4 x 0,7 40 46 55 72 8 35 M3x0,5x5 M3x0,5x4,5 6,5x3,3 3.4 8 M5x0,8x4,5
GR07.110-75 17 20 30 M4 x 0,7 50 46 55 72 8 35 M3x0,5x5 M3x0,5x4,5 6,5x3,3 3.4 8 M5x0,8x4,5
GR07.115-25 20 30 38.5 M4 x 0,8 25 58 60 79 10 45 M4x0,7x6 M4x0,7x5 8x4,4 4.3 8 M5x0,8x4,5
GR07.115-50 20 30 38.5 M4 x 0,8 35 58 60 79 10 45 M4x0,7x6 M4x0,7x5 8x4,4 4.3 8 M5x0,8x4,5
GR07.115-75 20 30 38.5 M4 x 0,8 45 58 60 79 10 45 M4x0,7x6 M4x0,7x5 8x4,4 4.3 8 M5x0,8x4,5
GR07.115-100 20 30 38.5 M4 x 0,8 55 58 60 79 10 45 M4x0,7x6 M4x0,7x5 8x4,4 4.3 8 M5x0,8x4,5
Linear components | Guide blocks
Guide block dual-action
Product Description
> Precisely guides the gripper and cutting tools to the workpiece
> Heavy-duty construction for precise handling of products even with heavy loads
> Can be delivered with stroke limitation on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Compressed air
connection
Weight [oz] Medium Operating pressure
[psi]
Ambient air
temperature [F]
Suitable sensors
GR07.208-30 2xM5 6.7 Filtered and oiled / unoiled air 21.8 - 101.5 23 - 140
GR04.198 (Page 150)
GR04.198/NPN (Page 150)
GR04.198 (Page 150)
GR04.198/NPN (Page 150)
GR04.198 (Page 150)
GR04.198/NPN (Page 150)
GR07.220-30 2xG1/8 35.63 Filtered and oiled / unoiled air 21.8 - 101.5 23 - 140
GR04.198 (Page 150)
GR04.198/NPN (Page 150)
GR04.198 (Page 150)
GR04.198/NPN (Page 150)
GR04.198 (Page 150)
GR04.198/NPN (Page 150)
GR04.198 (Page 150)
GR04.198/NPN (Page 150)
GR04.198 (Page 150)
GR04.198/NPN (Page 150)
GR04.198 (Page 150)
GR04.198/NPN (Page 150)
Theoretical cylinder force depending on the working pressure
Working pressure [psi] Move out Move in Move out Move in
GR07.208-xx
Cylinder force[N]
[lbs]
GR07.220-xx
20
30
40
51
61
71
15
23
30
38
45
53
45
68
90
113
136
158
34
51
68
85
102
119
Effective
piston surface [sqmm]
101 75 226 170
29
43.5
58
72.5
87
101.5
NEW
www.pa.com
Linear components | Guide blocks
Dimensions

L
C
LA
LB
BF
B
G
BA
M4

D
B
D
DC
DD

DA
EB EA
a a
D
4,5
3,5
4
*
a = Compressed air connection * = Sensor slot
Item no.
D [mm] BA [mm] BF [mm] BG [mm] BD [mm] DB [mm] DC [mm] DD EA [mm] EB [mm] LA [mm] LB [mm] LC [mm]
GR07.208-30 30 40 12 23 6.5 40 12 M3x5 9.5 39 75 87 24
GR07.208-50 30 38 12 23 6.5 40 12 M3x5 24.5 60 100 112 24
GR07.208-75 30 50 12 23 6.5 40 12 M3x5 38.5 96 150 162 24
GR07.220-30 38 50 27 46 18 50 25 M5x8 10 44 81.5 97 50
GR07.220-50 38 35 27 46 18 50 25 M5x8 10 69 106.5 122 50
GR07.220-75 38 60 27 46 18 50 25 M5x8 10 108 145.5 161 50
GR07.220-100 38 70 27 46 18 50 25 M5x8 58 113 198.5 214 50
GR07.220-125 38 70 27 46 18 50 25 M5x8 70 155 252.5 268 50
GR07.220-150 38 80 27 46 18 50 25 M5x8 87 190 304.5 320 50
Linear components | Lifting cylinders
Lifting cylinder - vacuum-operated
Anti-twist
Product Description
> Picking up and stacking flat and sensitive objects such as e.g. signs, card, paper, thin wood (veneers)
> Application e.g. for workpiece fixation in cutting stations
> Robust aluminum housing, Hartcoat
treated
> Anti-twist piston rod
> Particularly low-noise version
> Customized sizes on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Lift [mm] Lifting force at 80%
vacuum [N]
Cycle time (extend-
suction-lift) [sec]
Required volume
flow for optimal
power [scfm]
Operating
temperature [F]
Weight [oz]
55.000 17 3 0.3 0.5 41 - 176 1.94
55.001 25 10 0.4 1.1 41 - 176 5.11
55.002 30 50 0.7 1.2 41 - 176 10.93
55.004 40 10 0.7 1.1 41 - 176 6.53
Dimensions
G3
B
G1
G4

C

D

A
SW

G
2
G3
B
G1
d2

C

D

A

G
2
55.000 | 55.004 | 55.001 55.002
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] G1 G2 G3 G4 SW d2 [mm]
55.000 24 4 16 M5 M5 M6 M16x1,5 24 --
55.001 78 35 6 22 G1/8 M5 M8 M22x1,5 32 --
55.002 92 59 9 18 G1/4 G1/8 M10 -- -- 44
55.004 98 36 9 24 G1/8 G1/8 M8 M22x1,5 32 --
www.pa.com
Diagrams
> Double stroke lifting time against weight > Double stroke lifting time against weight
T
i
m
e

[
m
s
]
Weight [g]
0
0
300 200 100
400
300
200
100
Lift 17 mm
Lift 8 mm
T
i
m
e

[
m
s
]
Weight [g]
0
0
700 400 200
500
400
300
200
100
Lift 25 mm
Lift 12 mm
55.000 55.001
> Double stroke lifting time against weight > Double stroke lifting time against weight
T
i
m
e

[
m
s
]
Weight [g]
0
0
5000 4000 2000 1000 3000
1500
1200
900
600
300
180
100
Lift 30 mm
Lift 15 mm
T
i
m
e

[
m
s
]
Weight [g]
0
0
700 400 200
1000
800
600
400
200
Lift 40 mm
Lift 20 mm
55.002 55.004
Lifting cylinder - operated by compressed air
With blow-off feature, torsionally rigid
Product Description
> Stacking and destacking of thin and sensitive products, such as e.g. signboards, cards, paper, thin wood (veneers)
> Easy control by only switching on/off the compressed air supply
> Extremely short cycle times due to integrated blow-off feature
> Very compact construction with integrated ejector, blow-off and vacuum valves
> Exhaust air is stored in the air chamber and released during blow-off
> Torsionally rigid plungers for accurate positioning of the workpiece
> Robust Hartcoat

treated aluminum housing
> Optionally: Magnetic field sensor for sensing the workpiece lifted, silencer (connection G1/8)
Ordering notes
> Sensor for NPN type connection on request
Technical Data
Item no.
Lift [mm] Lifting force at
87 psi [N]
Operating
pressure [psi]
Volume flow at 87
psi [scfm]
Permissible
operating
temperature [F]
55.005 25 8 72.5 - 116 1.7 41 - 176 7.76
Silencers 72.048
Magnetic field sensor GR04.200/PNP
Wiring diagram
6 4 3 2 1 5

Picking Placing
Pile level variable Pile level variable
Process:
1. Initial position: Compressed air off, piston drawn in, magnetic sensor in operation
2. Compressed air switched on, piston moves out, workpiece is pulled in, piston retracts with the work-piece to the initial position.
3. Workpiece sucked in and lifted, compressed air on, magnetic field sensor in operation.
4. Transport movement
5. Switch off compressed air, piston moves out with the workpiece, places the workpiece and retracts to the initial position.
6. Initial position: Compressed air off, piston drawn in, magnetic sensor in operation
www.pa.com
Dimensions
20 3
1
4
3
2
M
4
41
6
7
3
46
63
15
G1/8
M5 M5
Diagrams
> Double stroke lifting time depending on weight, pressure 87 psi > Double stroke placing time depending on weight, pressure 87 psi
T
i
m
e

[
m
s
]
0
240
200
160
120
Mass [g]
500 1000
Stroke 25 mm
T
i
m
e

[
m
s
]
0
270
230
190
150
Mass [g]
500 1000
Stroke 25 mm
55.005 55.005
Linear components | Accessories
Pressure plates
Pressure plates
Pressure plates with threads e.g. for screwing into short lifting cylinders as gripping or holding tools
Product Description
> GR07.196-198 with grooved rubber cover
> GR07.199 with steel cover
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR07.196 0.42
GR07.197 0.42
GR07.198 0.25
GR07.199 0.07
Dimensions
S
W
C
D
G
Item no.
SW [mm] C [mm] D [mm] G
GR07.196 22 13 18.5 M5
GR07.197 22 13 18.6 M4
GR07.198 22 7 11.7 M3
GR07.199 12 9 12.3 M3
www.pa.com
Fittings for compact cylinders
Fittings for compact cylinders
Integration of compact cylinders into gripper systems
Product Description
> Compatible with all compact cylinders complying with ISO 21287 standards
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR07.001 4.41
GR07.002 1.83
Dimensions
A

B
#

C
# D
# E
G
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm]
#C [mm] #D [mm] #E [mm]
G
GR07.001 20 105 52 25.5 40 M6
GR07.002 14 105 29 15.5 20 M4
Elbow connection AG, Series SZ-WAA
Elbow connection AG, Series SZ-WAA
Technical Data
Item no.
Material
GR07.010 Steel nickel-plated
Item no.
G1 (female) G2 (male) H [mm] h1 [mm]
#A [mm]
GR07.010 G1/8 M5 20 6 16
GR07.011 G1/4 M6 33 10 25
GR07.012 G1/4 M8 33 10 25
www.pa.com
Variable mounting of vacuum cups to compact cylinders and extrusions
Product Description
> Suitable for all standard compact cylinders (anti-twist) in acc. with ISO 21287 Standard
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR07.020 2.79
Dimensions
G

G

A
B
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] G
GR07.020 33 43 G1/4
> Example of cup mounting arrangement
Angle arms for compact cylinders rotatable
Angle arms for compact cylinders rotatable
Variable mounting of gripper components on compact cylinders or extrusion systems
Product Description
> Compatible with all compact cylinders (anti-twist) complying with ISO 21287 standards
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR07.030 2.57
Dimensions
A

C
B
L

D
Item no.
GR07.030 20 45 35.5 17-33 82
> Mounting on compact cylinders > Mounting on extrusions
www.pa.com
Mounting plate for guide blocks
Mounting plate for guide blocks
Mounting of guide blocks on extrusion systems
Installation on FIPA MLine extrusion system
Product Description
> GR07.022: suitable for GR07.208 on SLine and MLine extrusion systems
> GR07.024: suitable for GR07.220 on extrusion system XLine
> Delivery incl. channel nuts and bolts
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR07.022 2.5
GR07.024 9.38
Dimensions
8
6
0
70
55
5
0
6
,
5
3
6
M
5
x
0
.8
M4 x0.7
56 4 0...
1
0
1
0
5
110
90
9
0
3
6
M
5
x
0
.8
90 70...
M6x1
8
,
4
GR07.022 GR07.024
Mounting ring for linear components
Mounting ring for linear components
Mounting of linear components on extrusion systems via extension tubes with 20 mm clamp
Application example guide blocks with mounting ring and mounting plate
Product Description
Particularly suitable for guide rails and dual piston cylinder
Ordering notes
> Delivery incl. bolts
Technical Data
Item no.
GR07.021 3.39
Cross clamp GR02.022 (Page 47)
Angle clamp GR02.013A (Page 45)
Dimensions
3
6
2
0

H
7
2
2
,
5
M5x 0.8
6
,
9
5
,5

4
,
9
NEW
www.pa.com
Mounting plate for dual-piston cylinders
Mounting plate for dual-piston cylinders
Mounting of dual-piston cylinders on SLine and MLine extrusion systems
Assembly on FIPA MLine extrusions
Product Description
> GR07.026: suitable for GR07.110
> GR07.028: suitable for GR07.115
> Delivery incl. channel nuts and bolts
Technical Data
Item no.
Weight [oz]
GR07.026 3.6
GR07.028 6.42
Dimensions
70
7
0
6
0
55
3
6
M5x 0.8
30 4 0 50
30 4 0 50
8
1
2
,
4
M4 x0.7
85
8
5
7
2
72
3
6
M
5
x
0
.8
1
0
25 35 45 55
25 35 45 55
M5x0.8
1
5
,
4
GR07.026 GR07.028
Linear components | Notes

Notes:

www.pa.com
Vacuum technology | Content
Vacuum technology at a glance ................................................................... 238
Vacuum cups for the plastics industry ...................................................... 239
Vacuum cups for the wood and glass industry .................................... 255
Overview of vacuum cups materials.......................................................... 259
Spring plungers ..................................................................................................... 261
Vacuum ejectors ................................................................................................... 266
Vacuum switches ................................................................................................. 273
Vacuum technology | At a glance

> FIPA covers the entire product range from vacuum
generation to monitoring through to vacuum cups
> On the following pages, there is an overview of our
product line for End-of-Arm-Tooling (EOAT)
FIPA Vacuum technology
Vacuum cups
> FIPA offers a very broad product line of suction cups for a wide variety of applications
> This catalog contains a selection of products for the plastics, wood, and glass industry
Spring plungers
> Heavy-duty spring plungers with threaded connection, particularly suitable for angle connectors
GR02.230 to GR02.232
> Compensation of height differences
> Spring-loaded stacking is gentle on sensitive workpieces
> Suitable for highly dynamic handling applications
> More information from page 261
Vacuum ejectors
Vacuum ejectors generate a vacuum from compressed air using the Venturi principle. FIPA offers
the following products suitable for End-of-Arm-Tooling (EOAT):
> Inline ejectors for direct installation in tubing
> Heavy-duty ejectors for high loading or uctuating compressed air supply
> Efcient compact ejectors with integrated vacuum control and blow-off function for higher cycle
times. Automatic pressure regulation lowers energy requirements and thereby reduces
operational costs.
Vacuum switches
> Analogue and digital versions for monitoring vacuum levels in handling systems
> Direct connection to FIPA SLine and MLine extrusion systems with tting 20.008-H (page 60)
FIPA offers a large selection of vacuum
cups and
vacuum
com
ponents (e.g. vacuum
pum
ps, valves,
lters and connectors)
Request catalog on page 276
www.pa.com
Vacuum technology | Vacuum cups for plastics industry at a glance

> Vacuum cups are used in addition to sprue grippers for the
extraction of plastic injection molded parts
> Heat-resistant vacuum cup materials that enable the parts to
be painted afterwards are preferred
FIPA vacuum cups for the plastics industry
Flat, oval and bellows suction cups (1.5 and 2.5 bellows) made of Thermalon
> Optimized special material for improved low-marking characteristics

> Heat resistant up to 320 F
> Absence of silicone and PWIS allow for subsequent painting of the products
Flat suction cups:
> Flat vacuum cups with a exible single lip
> Cups low volume saves energy
Oval vacuum cups:
> Flat suction cups in oval design for elongated workpieces where only minimal space is
available (e.g. rails, proles, products with lugs and protrusions, etc.)
> Adhesion to curved products thanks to soft sealing lip
Bellows vacuum cups:
> Good adaptation to uneven product surfaces due to the bellows
> Compensation for low (1.5 bellows) and large (2.5 bellows) height differences
> Gentle contact with product surface
> More information, from page 240
Flat, oval and bellows suction cups (1.5 and 2.5 bellows) of HNBR, yellow
> Standard material, suitable for most applications
> Heat resistant up to 320 F
> Subsequent painting of the products possible, since they are silicone and PWIS-free
> Wear-resistant material
Flat vacuum cups:
> Flat suction cups with a minimal stroke for at surfaces
> Minimal space required due to nearly vertical vacuum cup lip
> Great suction power thanks to the largest active vacuum suction surface possible
Oval suction cups:
> Flat vacuum cups in oval design for elongated workpieces where only minimal space is
available (e.g. rails, proles, etc.)
> Soft sealing lip also allows adhesion to curved products (e.g. tubes etc.)
Bellows vacuum cups:
> Good adaptation to uneven product surfaces via the bellows
> 1.5 bellows: Compensation for small differences in height
> 2.5 bellows: Compensation for large differences in height; very large stroke
> Gentle attachment to the product surface
> More information, from page 248
O
u
r fu
ll ra
n
g
e
o
f su
ctio
n
cu
p
s ca
n
b
e

fo
u
n
d
in
th
e
FIP
A
v
a
cu
u
m
cu
p
ca
ta
lo
g
R
e
q
u
e
st ca
ta
lo
g
o
n
p
a
g
e
2
7
6
Vacuum technology | Vacuum cups for the plastics industry
Flat vacuum cups made of Thermalon Series SKT-F
Flat vacuum cups made of Thermalon
Series SKT-F
Product Description Advantage
Flat vacuum cups for smooth surfaces especially suitable for removing hot plastic
parts to be painted from an injection moulding machine. Thermalon
is a material
mixture specially optimised for the plastics industry with a hardness of 60 Shore
A. Connection up to 50 mm by means of plug nipple, from 60 mm with
vulcanized carrier plate (boltable).
> Extremely low marking
> Free of silicone and other paint-wetting-impairment substances (PWIS)
> Great lateral stability allows high acceleration
Technical Data
Item no.
Model / Lip dimensions Material / color Usage temperature [F]
102.005.496._
*
SKT-F-5 0.9 Thermalon
(bl) 32 - 320
102.008.497._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
102.010.498._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
102.015.499._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
102.020.500._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
102.025.501._
*
SKT-F-25 3 Thermalon
(bl) 32 - 320
102.030.502._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
102.040.503._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
102.050.504._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
102.060.505._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
Accessories
Item no.
Suitable fittings
Suitable spring
plungers
M5-male M5-female M6-male G1/8-male G1/8-female G1/4-male G1/4-female S
p
r
i
n
g

p
l
u
n
g
e
r
102.005.496._
*
270.010 270.005 -- 270.009 270.007 -- -- 50.330 10
102.008.497._
*
270.010 270.005 -- 270.009 270.007 -- -- 50.330 10
102.010.498._
*
270.010 270.005 -- 270.009 270.007 -- -- 50.330 10
102.015.499._
*
270.200 -- -- 270.064 270.065 -- -- 50.330 10
102.020.500._
*
270.311 -- -- 270.063 270.061 -- -- -- --
102.025.501._
*
-- -- 270.312/19 270.030 270.019 270.274 270.275 -- --
102.030.502._
*
-- -- 270.312/19 270.030 270.019 270.274 270.275 -- --
102.040.503._
*
-- -- 270.312/19 270.030 270.019 270.274 270.275 -- --
102.050.504._
*
-- -- -- 270.012 270.020 270.491 270.492 -- --
102.060.505._
*
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
NEW
MINIMUM MARKING /
UP TO 320F
*
Information about the materials you'll find on page 259. When ordering please add the appropriate material code to the item no
www.pa.com
Flat vacuum cups made of Thermalon Series SKT-F
Dimensions
d2
d3
d1
d4
D
H
h
1
h
2
h
3
d2
d1
d3
D
H
h
3
h
1
5.5 | 8.5 | 11 mm 15.5 | 21 | 26 | 31 | 41 | 51 mm
d1
H
h
3
D
G1 a
62 mm
Item no.
D [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] d3 [mm] d4 [mm] G1 H [mm] h1 [mm] h2 [mm] h3 [mm]
102.005.496._
*
5.5 7.5 4 6 1.5 -- 6.5 2 4 0.9
102.008.497._
*
8.5 8 4 6 2 -- 7 2 4 1.3
102.010.498._
*
11 8.5 4 6 2 -- 7.5 2 4 1.4
102.015.499._
*
15.5 12 4.5 8 -- -- 8 2.7 -- 1.8
102.020.500._
*
21 15 4.5 11 -- -- 10 4.5 -- 2.2
102.025.501._
*
26 16 6 11 -- -- 14 7 -- 2.8
102.030.502._
*
31 14.5 6 11 -- -- 12 7 -- 2
102.040.503._
*
41 24 6 11 -- -- 14 7 -- 3.9
102.050.504._
*
51 27.5 8 20 -- -- 15 7 -- 4
102.060.505._
*
62 38 -- 30 -- G1/4 18 -- -- 5
*
Bellows vacuum cups, 1.5 bellows, made of Thermalon Series SKT-B1
Bellows vacuum cups, 1.5 bellows, made of Thermalon
Series SKT-B1
Bellows vacuum cups for uneven surfaces especially suited for removing hot
plastic parts to be painted from an injection moulding machine. Thermalon
is a
material mixture specially optimised for the plastics industry with a hardness of 60
Shore A. Connection via plug-in nipple.
> Bellows compensate differences in height and enable good adaptation to curved
or uneven product surfaces
Technical Data
Item no.
Model / Lip dimensions Material / color Number of bellows Usage temperature [F]
23.011.234._
*
SKT-B1 -11 5.5 Thermalon
(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

23.014.235._
*
SKT-B1 -14 5 Thermalon
(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

23.016.236._
*
(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

23.018.237._
*
(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

23.020.238._
*
(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

23.022.239._
*
(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

23.025.240._
*
(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

23.033.241._
*
(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

23.043.242._
*
(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

23.053.243._
*
(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

23.063.244._
*
(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

Accessories
Item no.
Suitable fittings
M5-male M5-female M6-male G1/8-male G1/8-female G1/4-male G1/4-female
23.011.234._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
23.014.235._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
23.016.236._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
23.018.237._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
23.020.238._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
23.022.239._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
23.025.240._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
23.033.241._
*
-- -- 270.315 270.132 270.114 270.190 270.192
23.043.242._
*
-- -- 270.315 270.132 270.114 270.190 270.192
23.053.243._
*
-- -- 270.315 270.132 270.114 270.190 270.192
23.063.244._
*
-- -- 270.315 270.132 270.114 270.190 270.192
NEW
MINIMUM MARKING /
UP TO 320F
*
www.pa.com
Dimensions
d2
d1
d4
D
d5
h
2
H
d2
d1
d4
D
d5
h
2
H
d3
11 | 13 | 16 | 18 | 19 | 22 | 24 mm 33 | 43 | 53 | 63 mm
Item no.
D [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] d3 [mm] d4 [mm] d5 [mm] H [mm] h2 [mm]
23.011.234._
*
11 10 3.8 -- 5 12 16 9
23.014.235._
*
13 10 3.8 -- 5 14 16 9
23.016.236._
*
16 10 3.8 -- 8 17.5 19 9
23.018.237._
*
18 10 3.8 -- 8 18 16.5 9
23.020.238._
*
19 10 3.8 -- 10.5 20 16 9
23.022.239._
*
22 10 3.8 -- 11 24 19 9
23.025.240._
*
24 10 3.8 -- 9.5 25 23 9
23.033.241._
*
33 18 8 14 17 36 28 13
23.043.242._
*
43 18 8 14 22 46 28 13
23.053.243._
*
53 18 8 14 33 59 34 13
23.063.244._
*
63 18 8 14 44 67 34 13
*
Bellows vacuum cups, 2.5 bellows, made of Thermalon
Series SKT-B2
Bellows vacuum cups for uneven surfaces especially suited for removing hot
plastic parts to be painted from an injection moulding machine. Thermalon
is a
material mixture specially optimised for the plastics industry with a hardness of 60
Shore A. Connection via plug-in nipple.
> Long vacuum cup stroke and good adaptation to curved or uneven product
surfaces
Technical Data
Item no.
Model / Lip dimensions

Material / color Number of bellows Usage temperature [F]
21.005.146._
*
SKT-B2-5 3 Thermalon
(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

21.007.147._
*
(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

21.009.148._
*
(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

21.012.149._
*
(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

21.014.150._
*
(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

21.018.151._
*
(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

21.020.152._
*
(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

21.025.153._
*
(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

21.032.154._
*
SKT-B2-32 14.5 Thermalon
(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

21.042.155._
*
(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

21.052.156._
*
(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

21.062.157._
*
(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

Accessories
Item no.
Suitable fittings
21.005.146._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
21.007.147._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
21.009.148._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
21.012.149._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
21.014.150._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
21.018.151._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
21.020.152._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
21.025.153._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
21.032.154._
*
-- -- 270.315 270.132 270.114 270.190 270.192
21.042.155._
*
-- -- 270.315 270.132 270.114 270.190 270.192
21.052.156._
*
-- -- 270.315 270.132 270.114 270.190 270.192
21.062.157._
*
-- -- 270.315 270.132 270.114 270.190 270.192
NEW
MINIMUM MARKING /
UP TO 320F
*
www.pa.com
Dimensions
d2
d1
d4
D
h
2
H
d2
d1
d4
D
h
2
H
5.5 | 6 | 9.5 mm 12 | 14 | 17.5 | 20 | 25 | 32 | 42 | 52 | 62 mm
Item no.
D [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] d4 [mm] H [mm] h2 [mm]
21.005.146._
*
5.5 7 4 2.2 13.5 8
21.007.147._
*
6 8.5 4.5 1.8 14 6.5
21.009.148._
*
9.5 9 4.4 4 15 7.5
21.012.149._
*
12 10 3.8 5 21 9
21.014.150._
*
14 10 3.8 5 23 9
21.018.151._
*
17.5 10 3.8 7.5 23 9
21.020.152._
*
20 10 3.8 10 23 9
21.025.153._
*
25 10 3.8 10 34 9
21.032.154._
*
32 18 8 17 38 13
21.042.155._
*
42 18 8 18.5 46 13
21.052.156._
*
52 18 8 25 49 13
21.062.157._
*
62 21 8 30 55 13
*
Oval vacuum cups made of Thermalon Series SKT-O
Oval vacuum cups made of Thermalon
Series SKT-O
Oval vacuum cups for smooth surfaces suitable for removing hot plastic parts to be
painted from an injection moulding machine. Thermalon
is a material mixture
specially optimised for the plastics industry with a hardness of 60 Shore A.
Connection via plug-in nipple.
> Significantly increased suction force compared to round vacuum cups of the
same width
> Soft sealing lip also allows adhesion to curved products
Ordering notes
From size 24x8 mm upward, a gripper clamp (available separately) is recommended to prevent inadvertent rotation
Technical Data
Item no.
132.4x2.079._
*
SKT-O-4x2 0.4 Thermalon
(bl) 32 - 320
132.7x4.080._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
132.15x5.081._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
132.18x6.082._
*
SKT-O-18x6 1 Thermalon
(bl) 32 - 320
132.24x8.083._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
132.30x10.084._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
132.45x15.085._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
132.60x20.086._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
132.75x25.087._
*
(bl) 32 - 320
Accessories
Item no.
Suitable fittings Suitable clamp
M3-male M4-male M5-male G1/8-male G1/8-female G1/4-male G1/4-female
132.4x2.079._
*
270.014 270.111 270.300 -- -- -- -- --
132.7x4.080._
*
270.014 270.111 270.300 -- -- -- -- --
132.15x5.081._
*
-- -- 270.094 270.095 270.096 -- -- --
132.18x6.082._
*
-- -- 270.094 270.095 270.096 -- -- --
132.24x8.083._
*
-- -- 270.094 270.095 270.096 -- -- 78.032
132.30x10.084._
*
-- -- 270.094 270.095 270.096 -- -- 78.032
132.45x15.085._
*
-- -- -- -- -- 270.097 270.098 78.033
132.60x20.086._
*
-- -- -- -- -- 270.097 270.098 78.033
132.75x25.087._
*
-- -- -- -- -- 270.097 270.098 78.034
NEW
MINIMUM MARKING /
UP TO 320F
*
www.pa.com
Oval vacuum cups made of Thermalon Series SKT-O
Dimensions
L
B
d 2
d 3
d 1
H
d 4

h

1

h

2
L
B
d 1
d 2
H
d 4
4x2 | 7x4 mm 15x5 | 18x6 | 24x8 | 30x10 mm
L
B
d 1
d 2
H
d 4
45x15 | 60x20 | 75x25 mm
Item no.
L [mm] B [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] d3 [mm] d4 [mm] H [mm]
132.4x2.079._
*
2.5 6 2 3 1.2 6
132.7x4.080._
*
7 3.5 6 2 3 1.4 6
132.15x5.081._
*
15 5 8.5 4.6 -- 1.2 12
132.18x6.082._
*
18 6 8.5 4.6 -- 1.5 12
132.24x8.083._
*
24 8 11.5 5.5 -- 1.5 12
132.30x10.084._
*
30 10 11.5 5.5 -- 2.5 12
132.45x15.085._
*
45 15 15.5 11.5 -- 3 21
132.60x20.086._
*
60 20 15.5 11.5 -- 4 21
132.75x25.087._
*
75 25 17.5 11.5 -- 4 21
*
Bellows vacuum cups, 1.5 bellows made of HNBR Series SKH-B1
Bellows vacuum cups for uneven surfaces with suitability for removing hot plastic
parts to be painted from an injection moulding machine. Connection via plug
nipple.
> Bellows compensate differences in height and enable good adaptation to curved
or uneven product surfaces
Technical Data
Item no.
Model / Lip dimensions Number of bellows Material / color Usage temperature [F]
23.011.008._
*
SKH-B1-11 4.5 1.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
23.015.122._
*
SKH-B1-15 5 1.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
23.016.016._
*
SKH-B1-16 6 1.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
23.020.124._
*
SKH-B1-20 8 1.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
23.030.125._
*
SKH-B1-30 9 1.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
23.043.096._
*
SKH-B1-43 12 1.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
Accessories
Item no.
Suitable fittings
23.011.008._
*
270.013 -- 270.103 270.003 270.015 -- --
23.015.122._
*
270.010 270.005 -- 270.009 270.007 -- --
23.016.016._
*
270.013 -- 270.103 270.003 270.015 -- --
23.020.124._
*
270.311 -- -- 270.063 270.061 -- --
23.030.125._
*
-- -- 270.312/19 270.030 270.019 270.274 270.275
23.043.096._
*
-- -- -- 270.132 270.114 270.190 270.192
MINIMUM MARKING /
UP TO 320F
*
www.pa.com
Dimensions
d2
d1
d4
D
d5
H
h
2
d2
d1
d4
D
d5
h
2
H
d3
12 | 16 | 43 mm 15 | 21.5 | 32 mm
Item no.
D [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] d3 [mm] d4 [mm] d5 [mm] H [mm] h1 [mm] h2 [mm]
23.011.008._
*
12 10 5 -- 4.5 12 16 -- 9
23.015.122._
*
15 8.5 3.6 6 8 17 16 -- 1.7
23.016.016._
*
16 10 5 -- 8 17 19 -- 9
23.020.124._
*
21.5 15 4.5 11 10 23.5 20 -- 4.6
23.030.125._
*
32 20 6 11 17 36 30 -- 7
23.043.096._
*
43 18 8 -- 23 45 27 -- 12
*
Bellows vacuum cups for uneven surfaces with suitability for removing hot plastic
parts to be painted from an injection moulding machine. Connection via plug
nipple.
> Long vacuum cup stroke and good adaptation to curved or uneven product
surfaces
Technical Data
Item no.

Number of bellows Material / color Usage temperature [F]
21.005.057._
*
SKH-B2-5 3 2.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
21.007.089._
*
SKH-B2-7 3 2.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
21.009.002._
*
SKH-B2-9 2 2.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
21.012.135._
*
SKH-B2-12 7 2.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
21.014.053._
*
SKH-B2-14 9 2.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
21.018.010._
*
SKH-B2-18 8 2.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
21.020.016._
*
SKH-B2-20 9 2.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
21.032.075._
*
SKH-B2-32 13 2.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
21.043.049._
*
SKH-B2-43 19 2.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
21.060.051._
*
SKH-B2-60 25 2.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
Accessories
Item no.
Suitable fittings
21.005.057._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
21.007.089._
*
270.010 270.005 -- 270.009 270.007 -- --
21.009.002._
*
270.013 270.005 270.103 270.003 270.015 -- --
21.012.135._
*
270.013 270.005 270.103 270.003 270.015 -- --
21.014.053._
*
270.134 270.347 270.104 270.033 270.478 -- --
21.018.010._
*
270.013 270.005 270.103 270.003 270.015 -- --
21.020.016._
*
270.013 270.005 270.103 270.003 270.015 270.194 --
21.032.075._
*
-- -- 270.315 270.132 270.114 270.190 270.192
21.043.049._
*
-- -- 270.315 270.132 270.114 270.190 270.192
21.060.051._
*
-- -- 270.315 -- -- 270.540 270.539
MINIMUM MARKING /
UP TO 320F
*
www.pa.com
Dimensions
d2
d1
d4
D
H
h
2
d2
d3
d1
d5
d4
D
H
h
1
h
1
5.5 | 9 | 12 | 14 | 18 | 20 mm 7 | 32 | 42 | 61 mm
Item no.
D [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] d3 [mm] d4 [mm] H [mm] h1 [mm] h2 [mm]
21.005.057._
*
5.5 7 4 -- 2.5 14 -- 8.5
21.007.089._
*
7 7.5 4 5.5 3 10 2 3.5
21.009.002._
*
9 9 5 -- 4 15 -- 7
21.012.135._
*
12 10 5 -- 5 21 -- 9
21.014.053._
*
14 8 4 -- 5.5 18 -- 5.5
21.018.010._
*
18 10 4.5 -- 7 22 -- 8.5
21.020.016._
*
20 10 4.5 -- 10 23 -- 9
21.032.075._
*
32 18 8 15 16.5 36 13 --
21.043.049._
*
42 20 8 15 15.5 46 13 17
21.060.051._
*
61 22 8 14 28 57 14 18.5
*
Oval vacuum cups made of HNBR Series SKH-O
Oval vacuum cups for smooth surfaces suitable for removing hot plastic parts to be
painted from an injection moulding machine. Connection via plug nipple.
> Significantly increased suction force compared to round vacuum cups of the
same width
> Soft sealing lip also allows adhesion to curved products
Ordering notes
From size 15x5 mm upward, a gripper clamp (available separately) is recommended to prevent inadvertent rotation
Technical Data
Item no.
132.4x2.031._
*
SKH-O-4X2A 0.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
132.7x4.034._
*
SKH-O-7X4 0.8 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
132.15X5.067._
*
SKH-O-15X5 1 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
132.24X8.066._
*
SKH-O-24X8 1 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
132.36X12.068._
*
SKH-O-36X12 2 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
132.45X15.064._
*
SKH-O-45X15 3 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
Accessories
Item no.
Suitable fittings
M3-male M4-male M5-male G1/8-male G1/4-male G1/4-female
132.4x2.031._
*
270.014 270.111 270.300 -- -- --
132.7x4.034._
*
270.014 270.111 270.300 -- -- --
132.15X5.067._
*
-- -- -- 270.431 -- --
132.24X8.066._
*
-- -- -- 270.431 -- --
132.36X12.068._
*
-- -- -- 270.431 -- --
132.45X15.064._
*
-- -- -- -- 270.097 270.098
MINIMUM MARKING / UP TO 320F
*
www.pa.com
Dimensions
d2
d3
d1
d4
h
3
h
3
H
h
1
h
2
B
L
d2
d1
d4
H
h
3
L
B
7X4 | 4X2A mm 15X5 | 24X8 | 36X12 | 45X15 mm
Item no.
L [mm] B [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] d3 [mm] d4 [mm] H [mm] h1 [mm] h2 [mm] h3 [mm]
132.4x2.031._
*
4.3 2.5 6 2.6 4 1.2 6 2.5 3.5 0.5
132.7x4.034._
*
7.5 4 6 2.4 3 1.4 6 2.3 3 0.7
132.15X5.067._
*
15 5 9 5 -- 2 12 -- -- 0.8
132.24X8.066._
*
24 8.5 12.5 5 -- 3 13 -- -- 1.5
132.36X12.068._
*
36 12 12 5 -- 4 12 -- -- 1.6
132.45X15.064._
*
44 15 16.5 12 -- 4 22 -- -- 2.4
*
Flat vacuum cups with a short stroke, made of HNBR Series SFK-K
Flat vacuum cups with a short stroke, made of HNBR Series SFK-K
Flat vacuum cups with a minimum stroke for flat surfaces. Well suited for removing
hot plastic parts to be painted from an injection moulding machine. Connection via
a form-locking, snap-in aluminum plate.
> High suction force with a small footprint.
> Minimised wear, as the suction lip does not slide over the product during suction
Technical Data
Item no.
102.020.458._
*
SFK-K-20 0.5 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
102.030.459._
*
SFK-K-30 0.8 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
102.045.460._
*
SFK-K-45 1.2 HNBR (ge) 32 - 320
Accessories
Item no.
Suitable fittings
M5-male G1/8-female
102.020.458._
*
270.521 --
102.030.459._
*
-- 270.234
102.045.460._
*
-- 270.235
Dimensions
d2
d3
d4
D
h
1
h
2
H
h
3
Item no.
D [mm] d2 [mm] d3 [mm] d4 [mm] H [mm] h1 [mm] h2 [mm] h3 [mm]
102.020.458._
*
20 10 14 6.5 12 3 7 0.5
102.030.459._
*
30 17 20 9 12 3 6 0.8
102.045.460._
*
45 25 28 9 12 3.5 5.5 1.2
MINIMUM MARKING /
UP TO 320F
*
www.pa.com
Vacuum technology | Vacuum cups for wood and glass at a glance

> In the wood and glass industries, mainly robust but low-marking materials
are used
> Rough surfaces in the wood-working industry are reliably sealed
> Thin-walled glass can be handled safely
> Supports in various forms prevent deformation of thin-walled products
FIPA vacuum cups for the wood and glass industry
Flat vacuum cups for textured surfaces Series SFU-R
> Optimal seal with rough and uneven surfaces thanks to very ne sealing lips
> Enhanced safety due to two-fold, internal safety sealing lip
> Wear-resistant materials
> Interlocking, clip-in retaining plate allows quick and inexpensive replacement of the sealing lip
Patented at vacuum cups for porous products Series SFU-RT
> Separation of porous plate materials by simultaneous suction and punctual blow-off of the
product
> Enhanced safety due to two-fold, internal safety sealing lip
> Interlocking, clip-in retaining plate allows quick and inexpensive replacement of the sealing lip
Bellows vacuum suction plate, Softgrip Series SBPL-SG
> Very gentle handling of sensitive products through highly exible bellows cladding
> Combines the exibility of bellows cups with the stability of at vacuum suction plates
> Good compensation for small differences due to bellows
> Central support block with safety sealing lip ensures a rm grip
> Interlocking, clip-in special carrier plate increases the strength of the connection to the vacuum
gripper and allows the gripper to be replaced quickly and cost-effectively
> Drilled carrier plate allows tting of customized threads
FIPA Vacuum grippers
> Maximum exibility for pick & place, e.g. in the packaging, wood-working, plastics and metal
industries
> Patented valve technology with integrated energy saving function
> Minimum maintenance costs thanks to dirt-resistant design
> Wide standard range and quick manufacture of customized gripper sizes and suction mats
> High productivity thanks to fast, residue-free replacement of suction mats
Our full range of suction cups can be found in
the FIPA vacuum
cup catalog.
Request catalog on page 276!
Vacuum technology | Vacuum cups for the wood and glass industry
Flat vacuum cups with safety sealing lips to handle rough surfaces, as well as
smooth but very uneven products. Connection via an interlocking, snap-in
aluminum plate
> Leak-free gripping of many difficult product surfaces thanks to extremely
flexible, thinly tapered sealing lip
> High stability under lateral forces
> Optimum process reliability due to additional double lip seal
> Cleats help prevent warping of the product
> Cost-effective, tool-free changing of worn seals
Technical Data
Item no.

Material / color
102.040.357._
*
SFU-R-40 3 SI (tr), NR (br)
102.070.234._
*
SFU-R-70 6 NBR (gr), SBR (br), SI (tr), NR (bg), NR (br)
102.100.269._
*
SFU-R-100 5 SBR (br), NBR (gr), NR (br)
102.200.350._
*
SFU-R-200 5 NR (w)
Accessories
Item no.
Suitable fittings
G1/8-female G1/4-female G1/2-female
102.040.357._
*
270.234 -- --
102.070.234._
*
-- 270.179 --
102.100.269._
*
-- 270.180 --
102.200.350._
*
-- -- 270.335
Dimensions
d2
d3
d1
d4
D
h
3
H
h
1
h
2
d5
Item no.
D [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] d3 [mm] d4 [mm] d5 [mm] H [mm] h1 [mm] h2 [mm] h3 [mm]
102.040.357._
*
40 26 17.5 21 8 21 12.5 2.9 6 2.5
102.070.234._
*
70 50 33 43 14 40 30 3.5 17 5.4
102.100.269._
*
100 70 50 61 23 59 33 4.6 19 4.7
102.200.350._
*
200 168 148 158 25 158 31 5 18.5 3.2
www.pa.com
Flat vacuum cups for separating porous products Series SFU-RT
Flat vacuum cups for separating porous products Series SFU-RT
Product Description
Patented flat vacuum cups for stacking of partially air-permeable plate material that air is drawn through. Separates uppermost plate layer from underlying plate layers.
Soft sealing lip made of abrasion-resistant NR. Secure handling even of rough surfaces thanks to additional internal safety sealing lip. High stability under lateral forces.
Cost-effective replacement of the wear part, as it comes in two parts.
Ordering notes
Elastomer seal and retaining plate must be ordered separately
Item no.
Model / Lip dimensions Material / color Suitable fittings
102.160.380.4 6 NR (bg) 270.380
Functional principle
Task: Access the top layer of porous materials without carrying along the lower layers.
Simultaneous intake (outer chamber) and selective blowing in a separate central chamber breaks adhesive forces between the layers.
The unwanted take-up of lower layers is prevented.
The air pressure level should be between 14.5 and 43.5 psi and is dependent on the nature of the product.
Dimensions
160
G1/4

2
5
,
5
G1/4
40
38
120
G1/2 G1/2
102.160.380
270.380
5
Gripping force [N] at vacuum level
Item no.
Vacuum level 20 % Vacuum 30 % Vacuum 40 % Vacuum 50 % Vacuum 60 % Vacuum 70 % Vacuum
102.160.380.4 Gripping force [N] 83 137 186 230 280 324
*
Bellows vacuum suction plates, Softgrip Series SBPL-SG
Bellows vacuum suction plates, Softgrip Series SBPL-SG
Vacuum suction plate with 1.5 bellows for gentle handling of heavy but sensitive
products (e.g. glass plates). Divided support surfaces prevent deformation of the
product and provide a firm grip. Additional safety sealing lip on the support block
positions the product orthogonally to the ground. Connection via an interlocking,
snap-in aluminum plate.
> Very careful handling due to soft sealing lip and lightly compressing bellows
> Swinging of the product is prevented by support block and security and sealing
lip
> Cost-effective replacement of worn seals
Technical Data
Item no.

Weight [oz] Material / color Number of bellows
22.150.109._
*
SBPL-SG-150 28 12.45 NBR (sw) 1.5
22.210.115._
*
SBPL-SG-210 32 30.34 NBR (sw) 1.5
Dimensions
dn
d4
D
h
3
H
a
Item no.
D [mm] d4 [mm] dn [mm] H [mm] h3 [mm]
22.150.109._
*
150 117 8 58 30
22.210.115._
*
212 180 8 65 31
*
www.pa.com
Vacuum technology | Overview of vacuum cup materials

Overview of vacuum cup materials
Material
code
Short
designation
Hardness
[Shore A
5]
Commercial
designation
Commercial
name
(example)
Short-term
working
temperature
[F]
Abrasion
resistance
Flexi-
bility
Oil-
resis-
tance
Fuel
resis-
tance
Ozone and
weathering
resistance
Acid
resis-
tance
Leaching
resis-
tance
1 NBR 50 - 60 Nitrile rubber Perbunan
-22 / +194 + + +++ + o o o

1-AS NBR-AS 50 - 70
Nitrile rubber,
anti-static
-22 / +194 + + +++ ++ o o +
2 Si 50 - 65 Silicone rubber Elastosil
-40 / +392 o +++ o o +++ o o

2-AS Si-AS 50 - 60
Silicone rubber,
anti-static
-40 / +392 o +++ o o +++ o o
2-FS Si-FS 40 Fluorosilicone -58 / +374 o +++ + + +++ ++ +++
3 NR 50 - 65 Natural rubber SMR -40 / +176 ++ +++ o o o + ++
4 NR 35 - 45 Natural rubber SMR -40 / +176 ++ ++++ o o o + ++
5 PU 50 - 65
Polyurethane
(EU/AU)
Urepan
-4 / +176 ++ + +++ ++ + o o
7 FKM 65
Fluor rubber
(FPM)
Viton
+14 / +446 o o ++++ ++++ ++++ +++ +++

8 SI 35 - 45 Silicone rubber Elastosil
-40 / +392 o ++++ o o +++ o o

9 CR 50 - 60 Chloroprene Neoprene
-40 / +230 + + ++ o ++ + +
10-AS BR-AS 60 Butadiene rubber, anti-static -58 / +212 ++ + o o o + ++
11 Vulkollan
75 Vulkollan
-40 / +176 ++++ + +++ ++ +++ + +

12 Foam rubber ++++
13 SBR 50 - 60
Styrene-
butadiene-rubber
(SBR)
Buna
-22/ +176 +++ ++ o o + + +

14 HNBR 55
Hydrogenated
acrylonitrile-
butadiene rubber
Therban
-30 / +320 ++ + ++++ ++ +++ + +

15 EPDM 50 Vistalon
-40 / +266 + ++ o o ++++ +++ +++

17 Tepuflex
50 Thermoplastic elastomer +32 / +140 +++ ++ o o +++ o o

18 TPU 60
Thermoplastic
elastomer
Elastollan
+32 / +149 +++ o +++ ++ +++ o +

19 Thermalon
60 +32 / +320 ++ + +++ ++ o + +

V Vinyl 50 - 55 PVC (soft) +32 / +140 +++ ++ + + ++ ++ ++
Ordering example: Flat vacuum cup made of silicone 50 Shore A
Item No.
102.030.222._* > Add material code > 102.030.222.2
Note!
> Depending on the application, vacuum cups are subject to mechanical and chemical stresses. The data serve therefore only as guidelines.
> Special vacuum cups fitted with felt linings are extremely low-marking and can be deployed at temperatures up to a max. of 932 F
> Material colors may change, but the quality remains unaffected.
> Material colors: bg = beige, bl = blue, br = brown, g = green, ge = yellow, gr = gray, or = orange, r = red, sw = black, tr = transparent, w = white
Vacuum technology | Notes

Notes:

www.pa.com
Vacuum technology | Spring plungers at a glance

> Compensation of height differences
with workpieces
> Spring-loaded stacking is gentle on
sensitive workpieces
> Suitable for highly dynamic handling
applications
FIPA Spring plungers
Standard spring plungers with threaded connection - Series SZ-NIV-S
> Universally applicable
> Also available with rotation protection
Heavy-duty spring plungers with threaded tting, Series SZ-NIV-HD
> Suitable for harsh operating conditions
> Level adjustment with stainless steel shaft and high-quality friction bearings
> Also available with rotation protection
> Particularly suitable for angled connectors GR02.230 to 232, page 55
Our full range of spring plungers can be found in
the FIPA vacuum
cup catalog.
Request catalog on page 276!
Vacuum technology | Spring plungers
Leveling as standard version.
Optionally also available non-rotating.
Vacuum connection on top. Vacuum channel via spring plungers.
> Compensate for height differences
> Soft attachment for sensitive products
Technical Data
Item no.
Model Thread suction
side G2
Thread fixing
bushes G3
Lift C [mm] Weight [oz] Non-rotating Suitable angle screw
couplings
50.158 SZ-NIV-S-M5-IG-5 M5-female G1/8-male 5 0.6 -- GR02.230 (Page 55)
50.152 SZ-NIV-S-M5-IG-10-VS M5-female G1/8-male 10 0.67 Yes GR02.230 (Page 55)
50.153 SZ-NIV-S-M5-IG-20-VS M5-female G1/8-male 20 0.74 Yes GR02.230 (Page 55)
50.230 SZ-NIV-S-G1/8-AG-15 G1/8-male G1/8-male 15 3.32 -- GR02.231 (Page 55)
50.161 SZ-NIV-S-G1/8-AG-15-VS G1/8-male G1/8-male 15 3 Yes GR02.231 (Page 55)
50.231 SZ-NIV-S-G1/8-AG-50-VS G1/8-male G1/8-male 50 3.88 Yes GR02.231 (Page 55)
www.pa.com
Dimensions
H
G 3

h

3

h

1
G 1

h

2
G 2
C
SW 1

h
1
G 3
G 1
G 2

h

2

h

3
H
SW 1
C
50.158 | 50.149 | 50.152 | 50.150 | 50.153 50.230 | 50.161 | 50.160 | 50.162 | 50.231 |
50.164 | 50.232 | 50.166 | 50.233
Item no.
H [mm] h1 [mm] h2 [mm] h3 [mm] SW1 G1 (female) G2 (male) G2 (female) G3 (male) C [mm]
50.158 5.5 6.2 15 14 M5 -- M5 G1/8 5
50.149 47 5.5 6.2 15 14 M5 -- M5 G1/8 10
50.152 47 5.5 6.2 15 14 M5 -- M5 G1/8 10
50.150 59 5.5 6.2 15 14 M5 -- M5 G1/8 20
50.153 59 5.5 6.2 15 14 M5 -- M5 G1/8 20
50.230 73.5 8 6.5 30 22 G1/8 G1/8 -- M16x1 15
50.161 73.5 8 6.5 30 22 G1/8 G1/8 -- M16x1 15
50.160 85 8.5 6.5 30 22 G1/8 G1/8 -- M16x1 25
50.162 118 8.5 6.5 30 22 G1/8 G1/8 -- M16x1 50
50.231 118 8.5 6.5 30 22 G1/8 G1/8 -- M16x1 50
50.164 86 13 9 40 24 G1/8 G1/4 -- M20x1,5 25
50.232 86 13 9 40 24 G1/8 G1/4 -- M20x1,5 25
50.166 145 13 9 40 24 G1/8 G1/4 -- M20x1,5 75
50.233 145 13 9 40 24 G1/8 G1/4 -- M20x1,5 75
Heavy-duty spring plungers with threaded fitting - Series SZ-NIV-HD
Leveling with stainless steel shaft and high-quality bearings. Optionally also
available non-rotating.
Vacuum connection on top. Vacuum channel via spring plunger.
> Long life even under the toughest conditions
> Compensate for height differences
> Soft attachment for sensitive products
Technical Data
Item no.
Model Thread suction
side G2
Lift C [mm] Weight [oz] Non-rotating Thread fixing
bushes G3
Suitable angle screw
couplings
50.315 SZ-NIV-HD-G1/8-AG-15 G1/8-male 15 2.93 -- -- GR02.231 (Page 55)
50.310 SZ-NIV-HD-G1/8-AG-15-VS G1/8-male 15 2.93 Yes Yes GR02.231 (Page 55)
Dimensions

h

3

h

2
G 2
G 3
SW 1
H
C
G 1

h

1
www.pa.com
Item no.
G1 (female) G2 (male) G3 (male) C [mm] H [mm] h1 [mm] h2 [mm] h3 [mm] SW1
50.315 G1/8 G1/8 M16x1 15 72 8 8 30 22
50.310 G1/8 G1/8 M16x1 15 72 8 8 30 22
50.316 G1/8 G1/8 M16x1 25 85 8 8 30 22
50.311 G1/8 G1/8 M16x1 25 85 8 8 30 22
50.317 G1/8 G1/8 M16x1 50 116 8 8 30 22
50.312 G1/8 G1/8 M16x1 50 116 8 8 30 22
50.345 G1/8 G1/4 M20x1,5 25 85.5 12 8.5 40 24
50.340 G1/8 G1/4 M20x1,5 25 85.5 12 8.5 40 24
50.346 G1/8 G1/4 M20x1,5 50 115 12 8.5 40 24
50.341 G1/8 G1/4 M20x1,5 50 115 12 8.5 40 24
50.347 G1/8 G1/4 M20x1,5 75 144.5 12 8.5 40 24
50.342 G1/8 G1/4 M20x1,5 75 144.5 12 8.5 40 24
Vacuum technology | Vacuum ejectors
Inline ejectors EIL
Inline ejectors EIL
Compressed air and vacuum side with hose connection or G-threads
Product Description
> Small, light-weight and economical vacuum generators
> High suction power for short evacuation times
> Simple installation directly in the tubing
> Installation even in confined spaces
> Index H: max. throughput 85 % (for sealed products)
> Index L: max. throughput 60 % (for higher suction power, porous products)
Technical Data
Item no.
Operating
pressure [psi]
Max. feed
pressure [psi]
Suction power at
72.5 psi [scfm]
Air consumption
at 72.5 psi [scfm]
Final vacuum at
72.5 psi [%]
Evacuation time
[s/l]
Weight [oz]
EIL.05H.1 72.5 87 0.3 0.5 85 13 (0 - 70%) 0.46
EIL.05H.2 72.5 87 0.3 0.5 85 13 (0 - 70%) 0.53
EIL.05L.1 72.5 87 0.5 0.5 60 4 (0 - 45%) 0.46
EIL.05L.2 72.5 87 0.5 0.5 60 4 (0 - 45%) 0.53
EIL.07H.1 72.5 87 0.5 1 85 7,5 (0 - 70%) 0.46
EIL.07H.2 72.5 87 0.5 1 85 7,5 (0 - 70%) 0.53
EIL.07L.1 72.5 87 1 1 60 2 (0 - 45%) 0.46
EIL.07L.2 72.5 87 1 1 60 2 (0 - 45%) 0.53
Dimensions
A

d
1

d
1

B
1 9
A
C C

G
1

G
1

B
1 9
EIL.05H.1 | EIL.05L.1 | EIL.07H.1 | EIL.07L.1 EIL.05H.2 | EIL.05L.2 | EIL.07H.2 | EIL.07L.2
q = Vacuum connection z = Compressed air connection
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] d1 [mm] G1
EIL.05H.1 61 13 -- 6 --
EIL.05H.2 78 13 8 -- G1/8
EIL.05L.1 61 13 -- 6 --
EIL.05L.2 78 13 8 -- G1/8
EIL.07H.1 61 13 -- 6 --
EIL.07H.2 78 13 8 -- G1/8
EIL.07L.1 61 13 -- 6 --
EIL.07L.2 78 13 8 -- G1/8
www.pa.com
Inline ejectors EIL
Diagrams
> Suction power against operating pressure > Vacuum level against operating pressure
T
h
r
o
u
g
h
p
u
t

[
N
l
/
m
i
n
]
4
25
30
20
15
10
5
0
35
Feed pressure [bar]
5 6
EIL.05H
EIL.05L
EIL.07H
EIL.07L
V
a
c
u
u
m

l
e
v
e
l

[
%
]
4
0
Feed pressure [bar]
5 6
80
60
40
20
100
EIL.07H
EIL.05H EIL.05L
EIL.07L
> Air consumption against operating pressure
A
i
r

c
o
n
s
u
m
p
t
i
o
n

[
N
l
/
m
i
n
]
4
25
30
20
15
10
5
0
35
Feed pressure [bar]
5 6
EIL.05H
EIL.05L
EIL.07H
EIL.07L
Suction power [Nl/min] at vacuum level
Item no.
10 % 20 % 30 % 40 % 50 % 60 % 70 % 80 %
EIL.05H.1 5,3 4,2 3,9 3,3 2,5 1,3 0,4 0,1
EIL.05H.2 5,3 4,8 3,9 3,3 2,5 1,3 0,4 0,1
EIL.05L.1 11,9 9,0 6,8 4,3 2,2 0,1 -- --
EIL.05L.2 11,9 9,0 6,8 4,3 2,2 0,1 -- --
EIL.07H.1 10,8 9,2 8,1 7,0 5,2 4,1 2,7 1,1
EIL.07H.2 10,8 9,2 8,1 7,0 5,2 4,1 2,7 1,1
EIL.07L.1 26,0 22,1 17,6 10,8 5,4 1,9 -- --
EIL.07L.2 26,0 22,1 17,6 10,8 5,4 1,9 -- --
Heavy-duty ejectors
Heavy-duty ejectors
Vacuum generation under harsh conditions
Technical Data
Item no.
Operating
pressure [psi]
Max. feed
pressure [psi]
Suction power
[scfm]
Air
consumption to
58 psi [scfm]
Final vacuum
[%]
Evacuation time
[s/l]
Weight [oz] Suitable
silencers
65.102A 87 1.1 1.8 85 3,5 (0 - 70%) 1.69
72.001
72.029
65.111 58 87 1.2 2.1 85 3 (0 - 70%) 4.23
72.002
72.030
65.120 58 87 3 4.6 85 1,5 (0 - 70%) 4.41 72.031
65.130 58 87 4.6 8.4 85 0,7 (0 - 70%) 7.94 72.033
Dimensions
G2
D E

F

G
1

B
C

G
3

d
1
A
9
1 7
E
A
F

D

C
G5

G
1

B

G
3
G2
G4
8
9
7 1
65.102A 65.111 | 65.120 | 65.130
z = Compressed air connection q = Vacuum connection s = Exhaust r = Blow-off (65.111 and 65.130)
Item no.
A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] d1 [mm] E [mm] F [mm] G1 [mm] G2 G3 G4 G5
65.102A 50 25 17 28 5.5 11 6 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 -- --
65.111 50 25 40 25 -- 34 8 G1/4 G1/2 G3/8 G1/8 6.5
65.120 50 25 40 25 -- 34 10 G1/4 G1/2 G1/2 G1/8 M6
65.130 60 40 40 25 -- 34 -- G1/4 G1/2 G1 G1/8 M6
www.pa.com
Heavy-duty ejectors
Diagrams
> Air consumption against operating pressure > Suction power against operating pressure
A
i
r

c
o
n
s
u
m
p
t
i
o
n

[
N
l
/
m
i
n
]
250
300
200
150
100
50
0
350
Feed pressure [bar]
3 4 5 6
65.130
65.120
65.102A
65.111
T
h
r
o
u
g
h
p
u
t

[
N
l
/
m
i
n
]
100
120
80
60
40
20
0
140
Feed pressure [bar]
65.120
65.130
65.111
65.102A
3 4 5 6
> Vacuum level against operating pressure
V
a
c
u
u
m

l
e
v
e
l

[
%
]
0
Feed pressure [bar]
80
60
40
20
100
65.102A
3 4 5 6
65.120
65.111 | 65.130
Suction power [Nl/min] at vacuum level
Item no.
10 % 20 % 30 % 40 % 50 % 60 % 70 % 80 %
65.102A 25 23 19 15 13 8 4 1
65.111 25 23 20 17 13 8 4 1
65.120 76 66 55 41 34 22 12 3
65.130 182 160 135 69 52 33 17 6
Heavy-duty ejectors
Compact ejectors EMM
> Product families for 60 % (porous work-pieces) and 90 % (dense
work-pieces) max. vacuum level (display in %)
> Compact and light-weight; suitable for block installation
> Can be installed directly on the vacuum cup
> Up to 50 % energy saving by intelligent pressure regulation to
50.8 psi
> Reduced noise level due to integrated silencer (reduction up to
> 30 dBA)
> On request with integrated check valve to maintain vacuum / safe
grip in case of breakdown of compressed air supply
> Manually adjustable blow-off volume flow
> Contamination-proof construction
> Monitoring of adjustments, operating condition and
troubleshooting at a glance
Technical Data
Item no.
Nozzle
diameter
[mm]
Suction
power
[scfm]
Air
consumption
[scfm]
Final
vacuum
[%]
Optimal
feed
pressure
[psi]
Usage
temperature
[F]
Protection
class
Control
voltage
Current
consumption
for vacuum
and blow-off
feature [mA]
Suitable connector
cables
EMM.60x10 1.0 1.3 1.5 60 50.8 50 - 140 IP65
24 V DC
(adjusted)
10%
30 (0,7 W)
20.501 (Page 157)
20.502 (Page 157)
EMM.60x12 1.2 2.5 2.3 60 50.8 50 - 140 IP65
24 V DC
(adjusted)
10%
30 (0,7 W)
20.501 (Page 157)
20.502 (Page 157)
EMM.60x14 1.4 3.2 3.2 60 50.8 50 - 140 IP65
24 V DC
(adjusted)
10%
30 (0,7 W)
20.501 (Page 157)
20.502 (Page 157)
EMM.90x10 1.0 1 1.5 90 50.8 50 - 140 IP65
24 V DC
(adjusted)
10%
30 (0,7 W)
20.501 (Page 157)
20.502 (Page 157)
EMM.90x12 1.2 1.6 2.3 90 50.8 50 - 140 IP65
24 V DC
(adjusted)
10%
30 (0,7 W)
20.501 (Page 157)
20.502 (Page 157)
EMM.90x14 1.4 2.5 3.2 90 50.8 50 - 140 IP65
24 V DC
(adjusted)
10%
30 (0,7 W)
20.501 (Page 157)
20.502 (Page 157)
Evacuation time [sec.] for 1 liter at vacuum level
Item no. 30 % 40 % 45 % 50 % 55 % 60 % 65 % 70 % 75 % 80 %
EMM.60x10 0.66 1.04 1.31 1.70 2.35 -- -- -- -- --
EMM.60x12 0.41 1.66 0.83 1.07 1.49 -- -- -- -- --
EMM.60x14 0.27 0.43 0.54 0.70 0.97 -- -- -- -- --
EMM.90x10 -- -- -- -- 1.76 2.04 2.38 2.80 3.33 4.09
EMM.90x12 -- -- -- -- 1.13 1.31 1.53 1.80 2.15 2.64
EMM.90x14 -- -- -- -- 0.73 0.85 0.99 1,.6 1.38 1.70
www.pa.com
Heavy-duty ejectors
Pneumatic Diagram
Ejector
with blow-off-function
EMM_ _ X _ _ EV _
Ejector with controlled
blow-off-function
EMM_ _ X _ _ AV _
> Basic product
> Only one control signal
> Display of vacuum level
> Manual control option
> Automatic blow-off through outer
signal, with adjusting screw
> Two control signals
> Display of vacuum level and
blow-off-function
> Manual control option
Vacuum switches
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
M8
3
Input
24 V DC
Vacuum
24 V DC
Blow-off
0 V
Analogue output
1 to 5 V DC
Contact
output
24 V DC
24 V DC
permanent
0 V
Output Input
24 V DC
Vacuum
24 V DC
Blow-off
0 V
Ejectors with vacuum switch Ejectors without vacuum switch
Please specify when ordering
1.:
Type
2.: Vacuum level
X
3.: Nozzle diameter 4.: Composition of module 4.: Vacuum switch
EMM.
vacuum (porous
products)
10 1,0 mm E without blow-off-
function
VA digital with display
90
max. 90%
vacuum
(non-porous
products)
12 1,2 mm A V A VO without vacuum
switch
14 1,4 mm
Type + Vacuum level x Nozzle diameter + Composition of module + Vacuum switch = Item number
Example: EMM.90x12-AVA
(Compact ejector EMM, vacuum level 90%, nozzle diameter 1,2 mm, with controlled blow-off-function and with
electric vacuum switch with display)
with controlled blow- A V A V
off-function
max. 60%
60
Suitable connector cables for vacuum switch:
20.501: M8 thread, female, 4-pin, straight plug, cable length 5 m
20.502: M8 thread, female, 4-pin, 90 elbow plug, cable length 5 m
Suitable connector cables for vacuum valve and blow-off control:
20.501: M8 thread, female, 4-pin, straight plug, cable length 5 m
20.502: M8 thread, female, 4-pin, 90 elbow plug, cable length 5 m
Product version with integrated check valve to maintain vacuum / safe grip
in case of breakdown of compressed air supply:
Appendix: _CV
Example: EMM.90x14-AVA_CV
-
Heavy-duty ejectors
Dimensions and screwing-up options
> Mounting sideways > Mounting in the front
13,5
26
3
2
,
5
6
4
,
5
59,5
25
18,5
6
8
z
q
a
b
c
61
7
5
8
5
25
15
z
d
> Block mounting on a DIN rail
70,2
2
9
,
9
6
,
7
6
4
,
5
7
1
,
2
26 26
3
5
z
e
www.pa.com
Vacuum technology | Vacuum switches
Electric vacuum switch with digital output
Electric vacuum switch with digital output
Product Description
> Vacuum monitoring in handling and automation systems
> Small, light and compact
> LED display in plug connection
> Adjustment via potentiometer
> Hysteresis can be adjusted: 0-30 % from set values
> Delivery incl. mini-screwdriver
> Optional mounting rail 20.008-H incl. channel nut for mounting the vacuum switch, e.g. on FIPA SLine extrusions
Ordering notes
NPN versions on request
Technical Data
Item no.
20.005 20.006
Pressure range [psi]
-14.5 - 0 -14.5 - 0
Supply voltage [V DC]
18 - 30 18 - 30
Current consumption [mA]
< 20 < 20
Protection class
IP50 IP50
Response time [ms]
< 5 < 5
Digital switching outputs
1x PNP (NO) 1x PNP (NO)
Connection
Connector M8, 4-pin Connector M8, 4-pin
Switching logic
Contact (NO) Contact (NO)
Usage temperature [F]
32 - 122 32 - 122
Thermal error
+- 3 % F.S. +- 3 % F.S.
EMI / EMC
Industry standard B Industry standard B
Suitable accessories Connector cable 20.501 (Page 157)
Fittings 20.008-H (Page 60)
Dimensions
10
M
5
1
9
6
66
50
15
2
5
M
4
1
9
M
3
1
5
,
4
15
2
5
61,4
47
G
1
/
8
8
1
5
,
4
20.005 20.006
Electric vacuum switch with analog output
Electric vacuum switch with analog output
Product Description
> Vacuum monitoring in handling and automation systems
> Small, light and compact
> Maximum overpressure: 3 bar
> Analog output: 1-5 VDC
> LED display in plug connection
> Optional mounting rail 20.008-H incl. channel nut for mounting the vacuum switch, e.g. on FIPA SLine extrusions
Technical Data
Item no.
20.007
-14.5 - 0
Supply voltage [V DC]
18 - 30
< 20
Protection class
IP50
Response time [ms]
< 5
Switching output
PNP
Connection
Connector M8, 4-pin
Switching logic
Contact breaker (NC)
32 - 122
Thermal error
+- 3 % F.S.
Suitable accessories Connector cable 20.501 (Page 157)
Dimensions
15
2
5
61,4
47
G
1
/
8
8
1
5
,
4
www.pa.com
Mini vacuum switch - digital
Mini vacuum switch - digital
Product Description
> The switch outputs a digital signal when a specific vacuum level is reached
> The hysteresis is fixed at 2 % of the signal set
> Very small size
> The switch can be turned even after installation
> Also suitable for ejectors (e.g. EMI / EIL)
Ordering notes
> Vacuum switch for NPN type connection on request
Technical Data
Item no.
20.040
-14.4 - 0
Overpressure [psi]
29
Operating voltage [V DC]
10.8 - 30
20
Repeat accuracy [%]
3% F.S. at 0-50C
Switching output
1x PNP open collector, 80 mA max.
Connection
Cable 3 wire (VC), 1,5 m
Switching point
Adjustable with Potentiometer 100% F.S.
Hysteresis
Compact, 2% F.S.
Switching logic
On = rising vacuum; Off = sinking vacuum
Switching display
LED-red for output signal (on)
EMI / EMC
EN 55011 Group 1 Class B (1998), EN 61326 - (1997) / A1 (1998)
14 - 122
Protection class
IP40
Dimensions
SW 8
10,8
20 5,5
a
b
M5
1
0

6
,
5
1
0
,
5
1
0
3
,
5
0
,
5
a = Seal ring b = Ub+ = brown; Switch output = black; 0V = blue

Could it be something else?
Would you like to have more information from FIPA?
Just ask for it here and now or else at www.pa.com.
Brochures
FIPA Vacuum Components
FIPA Vacuum cups
For up-to-date and concise information regarding the company, service offers and FIPA dealers in your neighborhood
please visit www.pa.com.
FIPA News is available for all those interested in the company FIPA, its products and services and the current
developments and latest innovations in the elds of vacuum technology and End-of-Arm-Tooling.
Keep yourself updated and subscribe to the newsletter via e-mail using this fax form or by registering
at www.pa.com.
Please send me the FIPA newsletter to the e-mail address given below.
My contact details:
Company
Given name | Surname
Street State Postal code | City
Phone Fax
E-mail
Item number Description Quantity Remarks
FIPA Image brochure
_________________
Online forms and
downloads: www. pa.com
Your inquiry | Fax form

www.pa.com
Questionnaire | Gripper assembly

From:
Company
Given name / Surname
Street
State
Postal code / City
Phone/Fax

www.pa.com
Cutting Test
Please answer the following questions carefully, so we can make the best cutting tests for you.
Please note that you can type in the document; printing out is not necessary. Please e-mail or fax this form back to us.
Questionnaire | Cutting Test

From:
Company
Street
State
Postal code / City
Phone/Fax
www.pa.com
Questionnaire | Special blades
Please answer the following questions carefully, so we can select the blades best suited for your purpose.
Please note that you can type in the document; printing out is not necessary. Please e-mail or fax this form back to us.
From:
Company
Street
State
Postal code / City
Phone/Fax
Questionnaire | Vacuum grippers

Please answer the following questions carefully, so we can select the vacuum gripper best suited for your purpose.
Please print this document, ll in the details and send it back to us via fax or e-mail.
______________________________

____________________________________
From:
Company
Street
State
Postal code / City
Phone/Fax
www.pa.com
Questionnaire | Vacuum grippers

________________________________
..................................................
_____________________________________
__________________________
_______________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
____________________
Questionnaire | Customized grippers

Customized grippers
From:
Company
Street
State
Postal code / City
Phone/Fax
www.pa.com
Questionnaire | Customized grippers
Questionnaire | Notes

Notes:

www.pa.com
Notes:

Notes:

www.pa.com
Notes:
Item numbers | Index

www.pa.com


www.pa.com


Imprint
Our General Terms and Conditions apply; they can be viewed at our website www.pa.com or
requested by calling 1 (800) 913 7002.
Copyrights
All pages and their contents are copyright protected (all rights reserved). All names, trademarks,
logos, text and images are the property of the respective owners and must be treated as such.
Catalog concept and design: kaltnermedia GmbH, Bobingen / Germany
Realization: FIPA GmbH, Ismaning / Germany
Printed by: Concordia Druckerei, Mannheim / Germany
Exclusion of liability
This catalog was compiled with the greatest possible care. Nevertheless, FIPA provides no warranty
that the information contained herein will be accurate and free of errors. FIPA rules out any liability
for damages that result directly or indirectly from the use of the FIPA catalog to the extent that these
damages were not caused by premeditation or gross negligence on behalf of FIPA.
FIPA shall not be held liable for any damage resulting from ready-made modules preassembled by
FIPA if a check as to their suitability for the particular application has not been made prior to them
being put into operation by the customer.
Created in March 2012
FIPA Inc.
1855 Evans Road
Cary, NC 27513 / USA
Phone (919) 615-9888
Fax (919) 573-0871
sales.us@pa.com
www.pa.com
Executive Management: Rainer Mehrer
Company headquarters: Ismaning / Germany
Commercial register: Munich, HRB 104 684
Sales tax ID No.: DE161864784
FIPA | Where you need us anywhere in the world
Germany
Spain
Switzerland
Portugal
Netherlands
Denmark
France
Sweden
Turkey
Poland
Romania
Italy
Israel
Hungary
The Czech Republic
Japan
Ireland
Norway
Great Britain
USA
New Zealand
Australia
Iran
Finland
South America
Canada
Mexico
www.grippers24.com
www.vacuumcomponents24.com
www.suctioncups24.com
> Do you have a technical question about our products?
> Do you request a quote?
> Or are you interested in CAD data or datasheets of
our products?
You will get what you need quickly by calling us at
1 (800) 913 7002, by sending us an e-mail
at sales.us@pa.com or just by visiting our
website www.pa.com.
Contact information
for your smartphone
Ms. Betina Wanner, Ofce Management
Your local FIPA partner
climate neutral
print product
Certificate Number:
737-10764-0112-1003
www.climatepartner.com
FIPA GmbH
Freisinger Strae 30
85737 Ismaning / Germany
Phone +49 (0) 89 / 962489 0
Fax +49 (0) 89 / 962489 11
info@pa.com | www.pa.com
FIPA worldwide
FIPA Inc.
1855 Evans Road
Cary, NC 27513 / USA
Phone (919) 615-9888
Fax (919) 573-0871
sales.us@pa.com | www.pa.com
FIPA s.r.l.
Via Adige n.7
20065 Inzago (MI) / Italy
Phone +39 (382) 1938 950
Fax +39 (382) 1938 951
sales.it@pa.com | www.pa.com
Stay up-to-date on everything related to material ow with the free FIPA
newsletter. Subscribe now at www. pa.com!

FIPA Gesamtkatalog Greifertechnik en US

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

FIPA Gesamtkatalog Greifertechnik en US

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

www.fpa.

treated body and gripper jaws

treated body and gripper jaws

treated body and gripper jaws

treated body and gripper jaws

> Optimized special material for improved low-marking characteristics

(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

(bl) 1.5 32 - 320

(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

(bl) 2.5 32 - 320

-22 / +194 + + +++ + o o o

-40 / +392 o +++ o o +++ o o

+14 / +446 o o ++++ ++++ ++++ +++ +++

-40 / +392 o ++++ o o +++ o o

-40 / +176 ++++ + +++ ++ +++ + +

-22/ +176 +++ ++ o o + + +

-30 / +320 ++ + ++++ ++ +++ + +

-40 / +266 + ++ o o ++++ +++ +++

50 Thermoplastic elastomer +32 / +140 +++ ++ o o +++ o o

+32 / +149 +++ o +++ ++ +++ o +

60 +32 / +320 ++ + +++ ++ o + +

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi